]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git/blob - ld/ldlang.c
Always add input_statement to statement_list
[thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git] / ld / ldlang.c
1 /* Linker command language support.
2 Copyright (C) 1991-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3
4 This file is part of the GNU Binutils.
5
6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
9 (at your option) any later version.
10
11 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
15
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
19 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
20
21 #include "sysdep.h"
22 #include "bfd.h"
23 #include "libiberty.h"
24 #include "filenames.h"
25 #include "safe-ctype.h"
26 #include "obstack.h"
27 #include "bfdlink.h"
28
29 #include "ld.h"
30 #include "ldmain.h"
31 #include "ldexp.h"
32 #include "ldlang.h"
33 #include <ldgram.h>
34 #include "ldlex.h"
35 #include "ldmisc.h"
36 #include "ldctor.h"
37 #include "ldfile.h"
38 #include "ldemul.h"
39 #include "fnmatch.h"
40 #include "demangle.h"
41 #include "hashtab.h"
42 #include "elf-bfd.h"
43 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
44 #include "plugin.h"
45 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
46
47 #ifndef offsetof
48 #define offsetof(TYPE, MEMBER) ((size_t) & (((TYPE*) 0)->MEMBER))
49 #endif
50
51 /* Convert between addresses in bytes and sizes in octets.
52 For currently supported targets, octets_per_byte is always a power
53 of two, so we can use shifts. */
54 #define TO_ADDR(X) ((X) >> opb_shift)
55 #define TO_SIZE(X) ((X) << opb_shift)
56
57 /* Local variables. */
58 static struct obstack stat_obstack;
59 static struct obstack map_obstack;
60
61 #define obstack_chunk_alloc xmalloc
62 #define obstack_chunk_free free
63 static const char *entry_symbol_default = "start";
64 static bfd_boolean map_head_is_link_order = FALSE;
65 static lang_output_section_statement_type *default_common_section;
66 static bfd_boolean map_option_f;
67 static bfd_vma print_dot;
68 static lang_input_statement_type *first_file;
69 static const char *current_target;
70 /* Header for list of statements corresponding to any files involved in the
71 link, either specified from the command-line or added implicitely (eg.
72 archive member used to resolved undefined symbol, wildcard statement from
73 linker script, etc.). Next pointer is in next field of a
74 lang_statement_header_type (reached via header field in a
75 lang_statement_union). */
76 static lang_statement_list_type statement_list;
77 static lang_statement_list_type *stat_save[10];
78 static lang_statement_list_type **stat_save_ptr = &stat_save[0];
79 static struct unique_sections *unique_section_list;
80 static struct asneeded_minfo *asneeded_list_head;
81 static unsigned int opb_shift = 0;
82
83 /* Forward declarations. */
84 static void exp_init_os (etree_type *);
85 static lang_input_statement_type *lookup_name (const char *);
86 static void insert_undefined (const char *);
87 static bfd_boolean sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
88 static void print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *,
89 lang_output_section_statement_type *);
90 static void print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *,
91 lang_output_section_statement_type *);
92 static void print_statements (void);
93 static void print_input_section (asection *, bfd_boolean);
94 static bfd_boolean lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
95 static void lang_record_phdrs (void);
96 static void lang_do_version_exports_section (void);
97 static void lang_finalize_version_expr_head
98 (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *);
99 static void lang_do_memory_regions (void);
100
101 /* Exported variables. */
102 const char *output_target;
103 lang_output_section_statement_type *abs_output_section;
104 lang_statement_list_type lang_os_list;
105 lang_statement_list_type *stat_ptr = &statement_list;
106 /* Header for list of statements corresponding to files used in the final
107 executable. This can be either object file specified on the command-line
108 or library member resolving an undefined reference. Next pointer is in next
109 field of a lang_input_statement_type (reached via input_statement field in a
110 lang_statement_union). */
111 lang_statement_list_type file_chain = { NULL, NULL };
112 /* Header for list of statements corresponding to files specified on the
113 command-line for linking. It thus contains real object files and archive
114 but not archive members. Next pointer is in next_real_file field of a
115 lang_input_statement_type statement (reached via input_statement field in a
116 lang_statement_union). */
117 lang_statement_list_type input_file_chain;
118 struct bfd_sym_chain entry_symbol = { NULL, NULL };
119 const char *entry_section = ".text";
120 struct lang_input_statement_flags input_flags;
121 bfd_boolean entry_from_cmdline;
122 bfd_boolean undef_from_cmdline;
123 bfd_boolean lang_has_input_file = FALSE;
124 bfd_boolean had_output_filename = FALSE;
125 bfd_boolean lang_float_flag = FALSE;
126 bfd_boolean delete_output_file_on_failure = FALSE;
127 struct lang_phdr *lang_phdr_list;
128 struct lang_nocrossrefs *nocrossref_list;
129 struct asneeded_minfo **asneeded_list_tail;
130
131 /* Functions that traverse the linker script and might evaluate
132 DEFINED() need to increment this at the start of the traversal. */
133 int lang_statement_iteration = 0;
134
135 /* Return TRUE if the PATTERN argument is a wildcard pattern.
136 Although backslashes are treated specially if a pattern contains
137 wildcards, we do not consider the mere presence of a backslash to
138 be enough to cause the pattern to be treated as a wildcard.
139 That lets us handle DOS filenames more naturally. */
140 #define wildcardp(pattern) (strpbrk ((pattern), "?*[") != NULL)
141
142 #define new_stat(x, y) \
143 (x##_type *) new_statement (x##_enum, sizeof (x##_type), y)
144
145 #define outside_section_address(q) \
146 ((q)->output_offset + (q)->output_section->vma)
147
148 #define outside_symbol_address(q) \
149 ((q)->value + outside_section_address (q->section))
150
151 #define SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH (16)
152
153 void *
154 stat_alloc (size_t size)
155 {
156 return obstack_alloc (&stat_obstack, size);
157 }
158
159 static int
160 name_match (const char *pattern, const char *name)
161 {
162 if (wildcardp (pattern))
163 return fnmatch (pattern, name, 0);
164 return strcmp (pattern, name);
165 }
166
167 /* If PATTERN is of the form archive:file, return a pointer to the
168 separator. If not, return NULL. */
169
170 static char *
171 archive_path (const char *pattern)
172 {
173 char *p = NULL;
174
175 if (link_info.path_separator == 0)
176 return p;
177
178 p = strchr (pattern, link_info.path_separator);
179 #ifdef HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
180 if (p == NULL || link_info.path_separator != ':')
181 return p;
182
183 /* Assume a match on the second char is part of drive specifier,
184 as in "c:\silly.dos". */
185 if (p == pattern + 1 && ISALPHA (*pattern))
186 p = strchr (p + 1, link_info.path_separator);
187 #endif
188 return p;
189 }
190
191 /* Given that FILE_SPEC results in a non-NULL SEP result from archive_path,
192 return whether F matches FILE_SPEC. */
193
194 static bfd_boolean
195 input_statement_is_archive_path (const char *file_spec, char *sep,
196 lang_input_statement_type *f)
197 {
198 bfd_boolean match = FALSE;
199
200 if ((*(sep + 1) == 0
201 || name_match (sep + 1, f->filename) == 0)
202 && ((sep != file_spec)
203 == (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)))
204 {
205 match = TRUE;
206
207 if (sep != file_spec)
208 {
209 const char *aname = f->the_bfd->my_archive->filename;
210 *sep = 0;
211 match = name_match (file_spec, aname) == 0;
212 *sep = link_info.path_separator;
213 }
214 }
215 return match;
216 }
217
218 static bfd_boolean
219 unique_section_p (const asection *sec,
220 const lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
221 {
222 struct unique_sections *unam;
223 const char *secnam;
224
225 if (!link_info.resolve_section_groups
226 && sec->owner != NULL
227 && bfd_is_group_section (sec->owner, sec))
228 return !(os != NULL
229 && strcmp (os->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0);
230
231 secnam = sec->name;
232 for (unam = unique_section_list; unam; unam = unam->next)
233 if (name_match (unam->name, secnam) == 0)
234 return TRUE;
235
236 return FALSE;
237 }
238
239 /* Generic traversal routines for finding matching sections. */
240
241 /* Return true if FILE matches a pattern in EXCLUDE_LIST, otherwise return
242 false. */
243
244 static bfd_boolean
245 walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (struct name_list *exclude_list,
246 lang_input_statement_type *file)
247 {
248 struct name_list *list_tmp;
249
250 for (list_tmp = exclude_list;
251 list_tmp;
252 list_tmp = list_tmp->next)
253 {
254 char *p = archive_path (list_tmp->name);
255
256 if (p != NULL)
257 {
258 if (input_statement_is_archive_path (list_tmp->name, p, file))
259 return TRUE;
260 }
261
262 else if (name_match (list_tmp->name, file->filename) == 0)
263 return TRUE;
264
265 /* FIXME: Perhaps remove the following at some stage? Matching
266 unadorned archives like this was never documented and has
267 been superceded by the archive:path syntax. */
268 else if (file->the_bfd != NULL
269 && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL
270 && name_match (list_tmp->name,
271 file->the_bfd->my_archive->filename) == 0)
272 return TRUE;
273 }
274
275 return FALSE;
276 }
277
278 /* Try processing a section against a wildcard. This just calls
279 the callback unless the filename exclusion list is present
280 and excludes the file. It's hardly ever present so this
281 function is very fast. */
282
283 static void
284 walk_wild_consider_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
285 lang_input_statement_type *file,
286 asection *s,
287 struct wildcard_list *sec,
288 callback_t callback,
289 void *data)
290 {
291 /* Don't process sections from files which were excluded. */
292 if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (sec->spec.exclude_name_list, file))
293 return;
294
295 (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, ptr->section_flag_list, file, data);
296 }
297
298 /* Lowest common denominator routine that can handle everything correctly,
299 but slowly. */
300
301 static void
302 walk_wild_section_general (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
303 lang_input_statement_type *file,
304 callback_t callback,
305 void *data)
306 {
307 asection *s;
308 struct wildcard_list *sec;
309
310 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
311 {
312 sec = ptr->section_list;
313 if (sec == NULL)
314 (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, ptr->section_flag_list, file, data);
315
316 while (sec != NULL)
317 {
318 bfd_boolean skip = FALSE;
319
320 if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
321 {
322 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
323
324 skip = name_match (sec->spec.name, sname) != 0;
325 }
326
327 if (!skip)
328 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec, callback, data);
329
330 sec = sec->next;
331 }
332 }
333 }
334
335 /* Routines to find a single section given its name. If there's more
336 than one section with that name, we report that. */
337
338 typedef struct
339 {
340 asection *found_section;
341 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
342 } section_iterator_callback_data;
343
344 static bfd_boolean
345 section_iterator_callback (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *s, void *data)
346 {
347 section_iterator_callback_data *d = (section_iterator_callback_data *) data;
348
349 if (d->found_section != NULL)
350 {
351 d->multiple_sections_found = TRUE;
352 return TRUE;
353 }
354
355 d->found_section = s;
356 return FALSE;
357 }
358
359 static asection *
360 find_section (lang_input_statement_type *file,
361 struct wildcard_list *sec,
362 bfd_boolean *multiple_sections_found)
363 {
364 section_iterator_callback_data cb_data = { NULL, FALSE };
365
366 bfd_get_section_by_name_if (file->the_bfd, sec->spec.name,
367 section_iterator_callback, &cb_data);
368 *multiple_sections_found = cb_data.multiple_sections_found;
369 return cb_data.found_section;
370 }
371
372 /* Code for handling simple wildcards without going through fnmatch,
373 which can be expensive because of charset translations etc. */
374
375 /* A simple wild is a literal string followed by a single '*',
376 where the literal part is at least 4 characters long. */
377
378 static bfd_boolean
379 is_simple_wild (const char *name)
380 {
381 size_t len = strcspn (name, "*?[");
382 return len >= 4 && name[len] == '*' && name[len + 1] == '\0';
383 }
384
385 static bfd_boolean
386 match_simple_wild (const char *pattern, const char *name)
387 {
388 /* The first four characters of the pattern are guaranteed valid
389 non-wildcard characters. So we can go faster. */
390 if (pattern[0] != name[0] || pattern[1] != name[1]
391 || pattern[2] != name[2] || pattern[3] != name[3])
392 return FALSE;
393
394 pattern += 4;
395 name += 4;
396 while (*pattern != '*')
397 if (*name++ != *pattern++)
398 return FALSE;
399
400 return TRUE;
401 }
402
403 /* Return the numerical value of the init_priority attribute from
404 section name NAME. */
405
406 static unsigned long
407 get_init_priority (const char *name)
408 {
409 char *end;
410 unsigned long init_priority;
411
412 /* GCC uses the following section names for the init_priority
413 attribute with numerical values 101 and 65535 inclusive. A
414 lower value means a higher priority.
415
416 1: .init_array.NNNN/.fini_array.NNNN: Where NNNN is the
417 decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
418 The order of execution in .init_array is forward and
419 .fini_array is backward.
420 2: .ctors.NNNN/.dtors.NNNN: Where NNNN is 65535 minus the
421 decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
422 The order of execution in .ctors is backward and .dtors
423 is forward.
424 */
425 if (strncmp (name, ".init_array.", 12) == 0
426 || strncmp (name, ".fini_array.", 12) == 0)
427 {
428 init_priority = strtoul (name + 12, &end, 10);
429 return *end ? 0 : init_priority;
430 }
431 else if (strncmp (name, ".ctors.", 7) == 0
432 || strncmp (name, ".dtors.", 7) == 0)
433 {
434 init_priority = strtoul (name + 7, &end, 10);
435 return *end ? 0 : 65535 - init_priority;
436 }
437
438 return 0;
439 }
440
441 /* Compare sections ASEC and BSEC according to SORT. */
442
443 static int
444 compare_section (sort_type sort, asection *asec, asection *bsec)
445 {
446 int ret;
447 unsigned long ainit_priority, binit_priority;
448
449 switch (sort)
450 {
451 default:
452 abort ();
453
454 case by_init_priority:
455 ainit_priority
456 = get_init_priority (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec));
457 binit_priority
458 = get_init_priority (bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
459 if (ainit_priority == 0 || binit_priority == 0)
460 goto sort_by_name;
461 ret = ainit_priority - binit_priority;
462 if (ret)
463 break;
464 else
465 goto sort_by_name;
466
467 case by_alignment_name:
468 ret = (bfd_section_alignment (bsec->owner, bsec)
469 - bfd_section_alignment (asec->owner, asec));
470 if (ret)
471 break;
472 /* Fall through. */
473
474 case by_name:
475 sort_by_name:
476 ret = strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec),
477 bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
478 break;
479
480 case by_name_alignment:
481 ret = strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec),
482 bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
483 if (ret)
484 break;
485 /* Fall through. */
486
487 case by_alignment:
488 ret = (bfd_section_alignment (bsec->owner, bsec)
489 - bfd_section_alignment (asec->owner, asec));
490 break;
491 }
492
493 return ret;
494 }
495
496 /* Build a Binary Search Tree to sort sections, unlike insertion sort
497 used in wild_sort(). BST is considerably faster if the number of
498 of sections are large. */
499
500 static lang_section_bst_type **
501 wild_sort_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
502 struct wildcard_list *sec,
503 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
504 asection *section)
505 {
506 lang_section_bst_type **tree;
507
508 tree = &wild->tree;
509 if (!wild->filenames_sorted
510 && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
511 {
512 /* Append at the right end of tree. */
513 while (*tree)
514 tree = &((*tree)->right);
515 return tree;
516 }
517
518 while (*tree)
519 {
520 /* Find the correct node to append this section. */
521 if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, (*tree)->section) < 0)
522 tree = &((*tree)->left);
523 else
524 tree = &((*tree)->right);
525 }
526
527 return tree;
528 }
529
530 /* Use wild_sort_fast to build a BST to sort sections. */
531
532 static void
533 output_section_callback_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
534 struct wildcard_list *sec,
535 asection *section,
536 struct flag_info *sflag_list ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
537 lang_input_statement_type *file,
538 void *output)
539 {
540 lang_section_bst_type *node;
541 lang_section_bst_type **tree;
542 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
543
544 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
545
546 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
547 return;
548
549 node = (lang_section_bst_type *) xmalloc (sizeof (lang_section_bst_type));
550 node->left = 0;
551 node->right = 0;
552 node->section = section;
553
554 tree = wild_sort_fast (ptr, sec, file, section);
555 if (tree != NULL)
556 *tree = node;
557 }
558
559 /* Convert a sorted sections' BST back to list form. */
560
561 static void
562 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
563 lang_section_bst_type *tree,
564 void *output)
565 {
566 if (tree->left)
567 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->left, output);
568
569 lang_add_section (&ptr->children, tree->section, NULL,
570 (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output);
571
572 if (tree->right)
573 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->right, output);
574
575 free (tree);
576 }
577
578 /* Specialized, optimized routines for handling different kinds of
579 wildcards */
580
581 static void
582 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
583 lang_input_statement_type *file,
584 callback_t callback,
585 void *data)
586 {
587 /* We can just do a hash lookup for the section with the right name.
588 But if that lookup discovers more than one section with the name
589 (should be rare), we fall back to the general algorithm because
590 we would otherwise have to sort the sections to make sure they
591 get processed in the bfd's order. */
592 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
593 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
594 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
595
596 if (multiple_sections_found)
597 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
598 else if (s0)
599 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s0, sec0, callback, data);
600 }
601
602 static void
603 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
604 lang_input_statement_type *file,
605 callback_t callback,
606 void *data)
607 {
608 asection *s;
609 struct wildcard_list *wildsec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
610
611 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
612 {
613 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
614 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec0->spec.name, sname);
615
616 if (!skip)
617 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec0, callback, data);
618 }
619 }
620
621 static void
622 walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
623 lang_input_statement_type *file,
624 callback_t callback,
625 void *data)
626 {
627 asection *s;
628 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
629 struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
630 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
631 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
632
633 if (multiple_sections_found)
634 {
635 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
636 return;
637 }
638
639 /* Note that if the section was not found, s0 is NULL and
640 we'll simply never succeed the s == s0 test below. */
641 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
642 {
643 /* Recall that in this code path, a section cannot satisfy more
644 than one spec, so if s == s0 then it cannot match
645 wildspec1. */
646 if (s == s0)
647 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
648 else
649 {
650 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
651 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
652
653 if (!skip)
654 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback,
655 data);
656 }
657 }
658 }
659
660 static void
661 walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
662 lang_input_statement_type *file,
663 callback_t callback,
664 void *data)
665 {
666 asection *s;
667 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
668 struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
669 struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
670 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
671 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
672
673 if (multiple_sections_found)
674 {
675 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
676 return;
677 }
678
679 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
680 {
681 if (s == s0)
682 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
683 else
684 {
685 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
686 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
687
688 if (!skip)
689 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback, data);
690 else
691 {
692 skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name, sname);
693 if (!skip)
694 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
695 data);
696 }
697 }
698 }
699 }
700
701 static void
702 walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
703 lang_input_statement_type *file,
704 callback_t callback,
705 void *data)
706 {
707 asection *s;
708 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
709 struct wildcard_list *sec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
710 struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
711 struct wildcard_list *wildsec3 = ptr->handler_data[3];
712 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
713 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found), *s1;
714
715 if (multiple_sections_found)
716 {
717 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
718 return;
719 }
720
721 s1 = find_section (file, sec1, &multiple_sections_found);
722 if (multiple_sections_found)
723 {
724 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
725 return;
726 }
727
728 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
729 {
730 if (s == s0)
731 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
732 else
733 if (s == s1)
734 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec1, callback, data);
735 else
736 {
737 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
738 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name,
739 sname);
740
741 if (!skip)
742 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
743 data);
744 else
745 {
746 skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec3->spec.name, sname);
747 if (!skip)
748 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec3,
749 callback, data);
750 }
751 }
752 }
753 }
754
755 static void
756 walk_wild_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
757 lang_input_statement_type *file,
758 callback_t callback,
759 void *data)
760 {
761 if (file->flags.just_syms)
762 return;
763
764 (*ptr->walk_wild_section_handler) (ptr, file, callback, data);
765 }
766
767 /* Returns TRUE when name1 is a wildcard spec that might match
768 something name2 can match. We're conservative: we return FALSE
769 only if the prefixes of name1 and name2 are different up to the
770 first wildcard character. */
771
772 static bfd_boolean
773 wild_spec_can_overlap (const char *name1, const char *name2)
774 {
775 size_t prefix1_len = strcspn (name1, "?*[");
776 size_t prefix2_len = strcspn (name2, "?*[");
777 size_t min_prefix_len;
778
779 /* Note that if there is no wildcard character, then we treat the
780 terminating 0 as part of the prefix. Thus ".text" won't match
781 ".text." or ".text.*", for example. */
782 if (name1[prefix1_len] == '\0')
783 prefix1_len++;
784 if (name2[prefix2_len] == '\0')
785 prefix2_len++;
786
787 min_prefix_len = prefix1_len < prefix2_len ? prefix1_len : prefix2_len;
788
789 return memcmp (name1, name2, min_prefix_len) == 0;
790 }
791
792 /* Select specialized code to handle various kinds of wildcard
793 statements. */
794
795 static void
796 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr)
797 {
798 int sec_count = 0;
799 int wild_name_count = 0;
800 struct wildcard_list *sec;
801 int signature;
802 int data_counter;
803
804 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_general;
805 ptr->handler_data[0] = NULL;
806 ptr->handler_data[1] = NULL;
807 ptr->handler_data[2] = NULL;
808 ptr->handler_data[3] = NULL;
809 ptr->tree = NULL;
810
811 /* Count how many wildcard_specs there are, and how many of those
812 actually use wildcards in the name. Also, bail out if any of the
813 wildcard names are NULL. (Can this actually happen?
814 walk_wild_section used to test for it.) And bail out if any
815 of the wildcards are more complex than a simple string
816 ending in a single '*'. */
817 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
818 {
819 ++sec_count;
820 if (sec->spec.name == NULL)
821 return;
822 if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
823 {
824 ++wild_name_count;
825 if (!is_simple_wild (sec->spec.name))
826 return;
827 }
828 }
829
830 /* The zero-spec case would be easy to optimize but it doesn't
831 happen in practice. Likewise, more than 4 specs doesn't
832 happen in practice. */
833 if (sec_count == 0 || sec_count > 4)
834 return;
835
836 /* Check that no two specs can match the same section. */
837 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
838 {
839 struct wildcard_list *sec2;
840 for (sec2 = sec->next; sec2 != NULL; sec2 = sec2->next)
841 {
842 if (wild_spec_can_overlap (sec->spec.name, sec2->spec.name))
843 return;
844 }
845 }
846
847 signature = (sec_count << 8) + wild_name_count;
848 switch (signature)
849 {
850 case 0x0100:
851 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0;
852 break;
853 case 0x0101:
854 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1;
855 break;
856 case 0x0201:
857 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1;
858 break;
859 case 0x0302:
860 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2;
861 break;
862 case 0x0402:
863 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2;
864 break;
865 default:
866 return;
867 }
868
869 /* Now fill the data array with pointers to the specs, first the
870 specs with non-wildcard names, then the specs with wildcard
871 names. It's OK to process the specs in different order from the
872 given order, because we've already determined that no section
873 will match more than one spec. */
874 data_counter = 0;
875 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
876 if (!wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
877 ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
878 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
879 if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
880 ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
881 }
882
883 /* Handle a wild statement for a single file F. */
884
885 static void
886 walk_wild_file (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
887 lang_input_statement_type *f,
888 callback_t callback,
889 void *data)
890 {
891 if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (s->exclude_name_list, f))
892 return;
893
894 if (f->the_bfd == NULL
895 || !bfd_check_format (f->the_bfd, bfd_archive))
896 walk_wild_section (s, f, callback, data);
897 else
898 {
899 bfd *member;
900
901 /* This is an archive file. We must map each member of the
902 archive separately. */
903 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, NULL);
904 while (member != NULL)
905 {
906 /* When lookup_name is called, it will call the add_symbols
907 entry point for the archive. For each element of the
908 archive which is included, BFD will call ldlang_add_file,
909 which will set the usrdata field of the member to the
910 lang_input_statement. */
911 if (member->usrdata != NULL)
912 {
913 walk_wild_section (s,
914 (lang_input_statement_type *) member->usrdata,
915 callback, data);
916 }
917
918 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, member);
919 }
920 }
921 }
922
923 static void
924 walk_wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s, callback_t callback, void *data)
925 {
926 const char *file_spec = s->filename;
927 char *p;
928
929 if (file_spec == NULL)
930 {
931 /* Perform the iteration over all files in the list. */
932 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
933 {
934 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
935 }
936 }
937 else if ((p = archive_path (file_spec)) != NULL)
938 {
939 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
940 {
941 if (input_statement_is_archive_path (file_spec, p, f))
942 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
943 }
944 }
945 else if (wildcardp (file_spec))
946 {
947 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
948 {
949 if (fnmatch (file_spec, f->filename, 0) == 0)
950 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
951 }
952 }
953 else
954 {
955 lang_input_statement_type *f;
956
957 /* Perform the iteration over a single file. */
958 f = lookup_name (file_spec);
959 if (f)
960 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
961 }
962 }
963
964 /* lang_for_each_statement walks the parse tree and calls the provided
965 function for each node, except those inside output section statements
966 with constraint set to -1. */
967
968 void
969 lang_for_each_statement_worker (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *),
970 lang_statement_union_type *s)
971 {
972 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
973 {
974 func (s);
975
976 switch (s->header.type)
977 {
978 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
979 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, constructor_list.head);
980 break;
981 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
982 if (s->output_section_statement.constraint != -1)
983 lang_for_each_statement_worker
984 (func, s->output_section_statement.children.head);
985 break;
986 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
987 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
988 s->wild_statement.children.head);
989 break;
990 case lang_group_statement_enum:
991 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
992 s->group_statement.children.head);
993 break;
994 case lang_data_statement_enum:
995 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
996 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
997 case lang_output_statement_enum:
998 case lang_target_statement_enum:
999 case lang_input_section_enum:
1000 case lang_input_statement_enum:
1001 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
1002 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
1003 case lang_address_statement_enum:
1004 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
1005 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
1006 break;
1007 default:
1008 FAIL ();
1009 break;
1010 }
1011 }
1012 }
1013
1014 void
1015 lang_for_each_statement (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *))
1016 {
1017 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, statement_list.head);
1018 }
1019
1020 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1021
1022 void
1023 lang_list_init (lang_statement_list_type *list)
1024 {
1025 list->head = NULL;
1026 list->tail = &list->head;
1027 }
1028
1029 static void
1030 lang_statement_append (lang_statement_list_type *list,
1031 void *element,
1032 void *field)
1033 {
1034 *(list->tail) = element;
1035 list->tail = field;
1036 }
1037
1038 void
1039 push_stat_ptr (lang_statement_list_type *new_ptr)
1040 {
1041 if (stat_save_ptr >= stat_save + sizeof (stat_save) / sizeof (stat_save[0]))
1042 abort ();
1043 *stat_save_ptr++ = stat_ptr;
1044 stat_ptr = new_ptr;
1045 }
1046
1047 void
1048 pop_stat_ptr (void)
1049 {
1050 if (stat_save_ptr <= stat_save)
1051 abort ();
1052 stat_ptr = *--stat_save_ptr;
1053 }
1054
1055 /* Build a new statement node for the parse tree. */
1056
1057 static lang_statement_union_type *
1058 new_statement (enum statement_enum type,
1059 size_t size,
1060 lang_statement_list_type *list)
1061 {
1062 lang_statement_union_type *new_stmt;
1063
1064 new_stmt = stat_alloc (size);
1065 new_stmt->header.type = type;
1066 new_stmt->header.next = NULL;
1067 lang_statement_append (list, new_stmt, &new_stmt->header.next);
1068 return new_stmt;
1069 }
1070
1071 /* Build a new input file node for the language. There are several
1072 ways in which we treat an input file, eg, we only look at symbols,
1073 or prefix it with a -l etc.
1074
1075 We can be supplied with requests for input files more than once;
1076 they may, for example be split over several lines like foo.o(.text)
1077 foo.o(.data) etc, so when asked for a file we check that we haven't
1078 got it already so we don't duplicate the bfd. */
1079
1080 static lang_input_statement_type *
1081 new_afile (const char *name,
1082 lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1083 const char *target)
1084 {
1085 lang_input_statement_type *p;
1086
1087 lang_has_input_file = TRUE;
1088
1089 p = new_stat (lang_input_statement, stat_ptr);
1090 memset (&p->the_bfd, 0,
1091 sizeof (*p) - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, the_bfd));
1092 p->target = target;
1093 p->flags.dynamic = input_flags.dynamic;
1094 p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
1095 p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
1096 p->flags.whole_archive = input_flags.whole_archive;
1097 p->flags.sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1098
1099 switch (file_type)
1100 {
1101 case lang_input_file_is_symbols_only_enum:
1102 p->filename = name;
1103 p->local_sym_name = name;
1104 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1105 p->flags.just_syms = TRUE;
1106 break;
1107 case lang_input_file_is_fake_enum:
1108 p->filename = name;
1109 p->local_sym_name = name;
1110 break;
1111 case lang_input_file_is_l_enum:
1112 if (name[0] == ':' && name[1] != '\0')
1113 {
1114 p->filename = name + 1;
1115 p->flags.full_name_provided = TRUE;
1116 }
1117 else
1118 p->filename = name;
1119 p->local_sym_name = concat ("-l", name, (const char *) NULL);
1120 p->flags.maybe_archive = TRUE;
1121 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1122 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1123 break;
1124 case lang_input_file_is_marker_enum:
1125 p->filename = name;
1126 p->local_sym_name = name;
1127 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1128 break;
1129 case lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum:
1130 p->filename = name;
1131 p->local_sym_name = name;
1132 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1133 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1134 break;
1135 case lang_input_file_is_file_enum:
1136 p->filename = name;
1137 p->local_sym_name = name;
1138 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1139 break;
1140 default:
1141 FAIL ();
1142 }
1143
1144 lang_statement_append (&input_file_chain, p, &p->next_real_file);
1145 return p;
1146 }
1147
1148 lang_input_statement_type *
1149 lang_add_input_file (const char *name,
1150 lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1151 const char *target)
1152 {
1153 if (name != NULL
1154 && (*name == '=' || CONST_STRNEQ (name, "$SYSROOT")))
1155 {
1156 lang_input_statement_type *ret;
1157 char *sysrooted_name
1158 = concat (ld_sysroot,
1159 name + (*name == '=' ? 1 : strlen ("$SYSROOT")),
1160 (const char *) NULL);
1161
1162 /* We've now forcibly prepended the sysroot, making the input
1163 file independent of the context. Therefore, temporarily
1164 force a non-sysrooted context for this statement, so it won't
1165 get the sysroot prepended again when opened. (N.B. if it's a
1166 script, any child nodes with input files starting with "/"
1167 will be handled as "sysrooted" as they'll be found to be
1168 within the sysroot subdirectory.) */
1169 unsigned int outer_sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1170 input_flags.sysrooted = 0;
1171 ret = new_afile (sysrooted_name, file_type, target);
1172 input_flags.sysrooted = outer_sysrooted;
1173 return ret;
1174 }
1175
1176 return new_afile (name, file_type, target);
1177 }
1178
1179 struct out_section_hash_entry
1180 {
1181 struct bfd_hash_entry root;
1182 lang_statement_union_type s;
1183 };
1184
1185 /* The hash table. */
1186
1187 static struct bfd_hash_table output_section_statement_table;
1188
1189 /* Support routines for the hash table used by lang_output_section_find,
1190 initialize the table, fill in an entry and remove the table. */
1191
1192 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
1193 output_section_statement_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1194 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
1195 const char *string)
1196 {
1197 lang_output_section_statement_type **nextp;
1198 struct out_section_hash_entry *ret;
1199
1200 if (entry == NULL)
1201 {
1202 entry = (struct bfd_hash_entry *) bfd_hash_allocate (table,
1203 sizeof (*ret));
1204 if (entry == NULL)
1205 return entry;
1206 }
1207
1208 entry = bfd_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
1209 if (entry == NULL)
1210 return entry;
1211
1212 ret = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry;
1213 memset (&ret->s, 0, sizeof (ret->s));
1214 ret->s.header.type = lang_output_section_statement_enum;
1215 ret->s.output_section_statement.subsection_alignment = NULL;
1216 ret->s.output_section_statement.section_alignment = NULL;
1217 ret->s.output_section_statement.block_value = 1;
1218 lang_list_init (&ret->s.output_section_statement.children);
1219 lang_statement_append (stat_ptr, &ret->s, &ret->s.header.next);
1220
1221 /* For every output section statement added to the list, except the
1222 first one, lang_os_list.tail points to the "next"
1223 field of the last element of the list. */
1224 if (lang_os_list.head != NULL)
1225 ret->s.output_section_statement.prev
1226 = ((lang_output_section_statement_type *)
1227 ((char *) lang_os_list.tail
1228 - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next)));
1229
1230 /* GCC's strict aliasing rules prevent us from just casting the
1231 address, so we store the pointer in a variable and cast that
1232 instead. */
1233 nextp = &ret->s.output_section_statement.next;
1234 lang_statement_append (&lang_os_list, &ret->s, nextp);
1235 return &ret->root;
1236 }
1237
1238 static void
1239 output_section_statement_table_init (void)
1240 {
1241 if (!bfd_hash_table_init_n (&output_section_statement_table,
1242 output_section_statement_newfunc,
1243 sizeof (struct out_section_hash_entry),
1244 61))
1245 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
1246 }
1247
1248 static void
1249 output_section_statement_table_free (void)
1250 {
1251 bfd_hash_table_free (&output_section_statement_table);
1252 }
1253
1254 /* Build enough state so that the parser can build its tree. */
1255
1256 void
1257 lang_init (void)
1258 {
1259 obstack_begin (&stat_obstack, 1000);
1260
1261 stat_ptr = &statement_list;
1262
1263 output_section_statement_table_init ();
1264
1265 lang_list_init (stat_ptr);
1266
1267 lang_list_init (&input_file_chain);
1268 lang_list_init (&lang_os_list);
1269 lang_list_init (&file_chain);
1270 first_file = lang_add_input_file (NULL, lang_input_file_is_marker_enum,
1271 NULL);
1272 abs_output_section =
1273 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (BFD_ABS_SECTION_NAME, 0, TRUE);
1274
1275 abs_output_section->bfd_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
1276
1277 asneeded_list_head = NULL;
1278 asneeded_list_tail = &asneeded_list_head;
1279 }
1280
1281 void
1282 lang_finish (void)
1283 {
1284 output_section_statement_table_free ();
1285 }
1286
1287 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------
1288 A region is an area of memory declared with the
1289 MEMORY { name:org=exp, len=exp ... }
1290 syntax.
1291
1292 We maintain a list of all the regions here.
1293
1294 If no regions are specified in the script, then the default is used
1295 which is created when looked up to be the entire data space.
1296
1297 If create is true we are creating a region inside a MEMORY block.
1298 In this case it is probably an error to create a region that has
1299 already been created. If we are not inside a MEMORY block it is
1300 dubious to use an undeclared region name (except DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION)
1301 and so we issue a warning.
1302
1303 Each region has at least one name. The first name is either
1304 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION or the name given in the MEMORY block. You can add
1305 alias names to an existing region within a script with
1306 REGION_ALIAS (alias, region_name). Each name corresponds to at most one
1307 region. */
1308
1309 static lang_memory_region_type *lang_memory_region_list;
1310 static lang_memory_region_type **lang_memory_region_list_tail
1311 = &lang_memory_region_list;
1312
1313 lang_memory_region_type *
1314 lang_memory_region_lookup (const char *const name, bfd_boolean create)
1315 {
1316 lang_memory_region_name *n;
1317 lang_memory_region_type *r;
1318 lang_memory_region_type *new_region;
1319
1320 /* NAME is NULL for LMA memspecs if no region was specified. */
1321 if (name == NULL)
1322 return NULL;
1323
1324 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1325 for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1326 if (strcmp (n->name, name) == 0)
1327 {
1328 if (create)
1329 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: redeclaration of memory region `%s'\n"),
1330 NULL, name);
1331 return r;
1332 }
1333
1334 if (!create && strcmp (name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION))
1335 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: memory region `%s' not declared\n"),
1336 NULL, name);
1337
1338 new_region = stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_type));
1339
1340 new_region->name_list.name = xstrdup (name);
1341 new_region->name_list.next = NULL;
1342 new_region->next = NULL;
1343 new_region->origin_exp = NULL;
1344 new_region->origin = 0;
1345 new_region->length_exp = NULL;
1346 new_region->length = ~(bfd_size_type) 0;
1347 new_region->current = 0;
1348 new_region->last_os = NULL;
1349 new_region->flags = 0;
1350 new_region->not_flags = 0;
1351 new_region->had_full_message = FALSE;
1352
1353 *lang_memory_region_list_tail = new_region;
1354 lang_memory_region_list_tail = &new_region->next;
1355
1356 return new_region;
1357 }
1358
1359 void
1360 lang_memory_region_alias (const char *alias, const char *region_name)
1361 {
1362 lang_memory_region_name *n;
1363 lang_memory_region_type *r;
1364 lang_memory_region_type *region;
1365
1366 /* The default region must be unique. This ensures that it is not necessary
1367 to iterate through the name list if someone wants the check if a region is
1368 the default memory region. */
1369 if (strcmp (region_name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
1370 || strcmp (alias, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
1371 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: alias for default memory region\n"), NULL);
1372
1373 /* Look for the target region and check if the alias is not already
1374 in use. */
1375 region = NULL;
1376 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1377 for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1378 {
1379 if (region == NULL && strcmp (n->name, region_name) == 0)
1380 region = r;
1381 if (strcmp (n->name, alias) == 0)
1382 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: redefinition of memory region "
1383 "alias `%s'\n"),
1384 NULL, alias);
1385 }
1386
1387 /* Check if the target region exists. */
1388 if (region == NULL)
1389 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: memory region `%s' "
1390 "for alias `%s' does not exist\n"),
1391 NULL, region_name, alias);
1392
1393 /* Add alias to region name list. */
1394 n = stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_name));
1395 n->name = xstrdup (alias);
1396 n->next = region->name_list.next;
1397 region->name_list.next = n;
1398 }
1399
1400 static lang_memory_region_type *
1401 lang_memory_default (asection *section)
1402 {
1403 lang_memory_region_type *p;
1404
1405 flagword sec_flags = section->flags;
1406
1407 /* Override SEC_DATA to mean a writable section. */
1408 if ((sec_flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_READONLY | SEC_CODE)) == SEC_ALLOC)
1409 sec_flags |= SEC_DATA;
1410
1411 for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
1412 {
1413 if ((p->flags & sec_flags) != 0
1414 && (p->not_flags & sec_flags) == 0)
1415 {
1416 return p;
1417 }
1418 }
1419 return lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, FALSE);
1420 }
1421
1422 /* Get the output section statement directly from the userdata. */
1423
1424 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1425 lang_output_section_get (const asection *output_section)
1426 {
1427 return get_userdata (output_section);
1428 }
1429
1430 /* Find or create an output_section_statement with the given NAME.
1431 If CONSTRAINT is non-zero match one with that constraint, otherwise
1432 match any non-negative constraint. If CREATE, always make a
1433 new output_section_statement for SPECIAL CONSTRAINT. */
1434
1435 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1436 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (const char *name,
1437 int constraint,
1438 bfd_boolean create)
1439 {
1440 struct out_section_hash_entry *entry;
1441
1442 entry = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1443 bfd_hash_lookup (&output_section_statement_table, name,
1444 create, FALSE));
1445 if (entry == NULL)
1446 {
1447 if (create)
1448 einfo (_("%F%P: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1449 return NULL;
1450 }
1451
1452 if (entry->s.output_section_statement.name != NULL)
1453 {
1454 /* We have a section of this name, but it might not have the correct
1455 constraint. */
1456 struct out_section_hash_entry *last_ent;
1457
1458 name = entry->s.output_section_statement.name;
1459 if (create && constraint == SPECIAL)
1460 /* Not traversing to the end reverses the order of the second
1461 and subsequent SPECIAL sections in the hash table chain,
1462 but that shouldn't matter. */
1463 last_ent = entry;
1464 else
1465 do
1466 {
1467 if (constraint == entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1468 || (constraint == 0
1469 && entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint >= 0))
1470 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1471 last_ent = entry;
1472 entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1473 }
1474 while (entry != NULL
1475 && name == entry->s.output_section_statement.name);
1476
1477 if (!create)
1478 return NULL;
1479
1480 entry
1481 = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1482 output_section_statement_newfunc (NULL,
1483 &output_section_statement_table,
1484 name));
1485 if (entry == NULL)
1486 {
1487 einfo (_("%F%P: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1488 return NULL;
1489 }
1490 entry->root = last_ent->root;
1491 last_ent->root.next = &entry->root;
1492 }
1493
1494 entry->s.output_section_statement.name = name;
1495 entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint = constraint;
1496 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1497 }
1498
1499 /* Find the next output_section_statement with the same name as OS.
1500 If CONSTRAINT is non-zero, find one with that constraint otherwise
1501 match any non-negative constraint. */
1502
1503 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1504 next_matching_output_section_statement (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
1505 int constraint)
1506 {
1507 /* All output_section_statements are actually part of a
1508 struct out_section_hash_entry. */
1509 struct out_section_hash_entry *entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1510 ((char *) os
1511 - offsetof (struct out_section_hash_entry, s.output_section_statement));
1512 const char *name = os->name;
1513
1514 ASSERT (name == entry->root.string);
1515 do
1516 {
1517 entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1518 if (entry == NULL
1519 || name != entry->s.output_section_statement.name)
1520 return NULL;
1521 }
1522 while (constraint != entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1523 && (constraint != 0
1524 || entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint < 0));
1525
1526 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1527 }
1528
1529 /* A variant of lang_output_section_find used by place_orphan.
1530 Returns the output statement that should precede a new output
1531 statement for SEC. If an exact match is found on certain flags,
1532 sets *EXACT too. */
1533
1534 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1535 lang_output_section_find_by_flags (const asection *sec,
1536 flagword sec_flags,
1537 lang_output_section_statement_type **exact,
1538 lang_match_sec_type_func match_type)
1539 {
1540 lang_output_section_statement_type *first, *look, *found;
1541 flagword look_flags, differ;
1542
1543 /* We know the first statement on this list is *ABS*. May as well
1544 skip it. */
1545 first = &lang_os_list.head->output_section_statement;
1546 first = first->next;
1547
1548 /* First try for an exact match. */
1549 found = NULL;
1550 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1551 {
1552 look_flags = look->flags;
1553 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1554 {
1555 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1556 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1557 look->bfd_section,
1558 sec->owner, sec))
1559 continue;
1560 }
1561 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1562 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
1563 | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1564 found = look;
1565 }
1566 if (found != NULL)
1567 {
1568 if (exact != NULL)
1569 *exact = found;
1570 return found;
1571 }
1572
1573 if ((sec_flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
1574 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1575 {
1576 /* Try for a rw code section. */
1577 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1578 {
1579 look_flags = look->flags;
1580 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1581 {
1582 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1583 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1584 look->bfd_section,
1585 sec->owner, sec))
1586 continue;
1587 }
1588 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1589 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1590 | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1591 found = look;
1592 }
1593 }
1594 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
1595 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1596 {
1597 /* .rodata can go after .text, .sdata2 after .rodata. */
1598 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1599 {
1600 look_flags = look->flags;
1601 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1602 {
1603 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1604 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1605 look->bfd_section,
1606 sec->owner, sec))
1607 continue;
1608 }
1609 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1610 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1611 | SEC_READONLY | SEC_SMALL_DATA))
1612 || (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1613 | SEC_READONLY))
1614 && !(look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)))
1615 found = look;
1616 }
1617 }
1618 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
1619 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1620 {
1621 /* .tdata can go after .data, .tbss after .tdata. Treat .tbss
1622 as if it were a loaded section, and don't use match_type. */
1623 bfd_boolean seen_thread_local = FALSE;
1624
1625 match_type = NULL;
1626 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1627 {
1628 look_flags = look->flags;
1629 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1630 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1631
1632 differ = look_flags ^ (sec_flags | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
1633 if (!(differ & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_ALLOC)))
1634 {
1635 /* .tdata and .tbss must be adjacent and in that order. */
1636 if (!(look_flags & SEC_LOAD)
1637 && (sec_flags & SEC_LOAD))
1638 /* ..so if we're at a .tbss section and we're placing
1639 a .tdata section stop looking and return the
1640 previous section. */
1641 break;
1642 found = look;
1643 seen_thread_local = TRUE;
1644 }
1645 else if (seen_thread_local)
1646 break;
1647 else if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
1648 found = look;
1649 }
1650 }
1651 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA) != 0
1652 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1653 {
1654 /* .sdata goes after .data, .sbss after .sdata. */
1655 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1656 {
1657 look_flags = look->flags;
1658 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1659 {
1660 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1661 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1662 look->bfd_section,
1663 sec->owner, sec))
1664 continue;
1665 }
1666 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1667 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1668 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL))
1669 || ((look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)
1670 && !(sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)))
1671 found = look;
1672 }
1673 }
1674 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0
1675 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1676 {
1677 /* .data goes after .rodata. */
1678 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1679 {
1680 look_flags = look->flags;
1681 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1682 {
1683 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1684 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1685 look->bfd_section,
1686 sec->owner, sec))
1687 continue;
1688 }
1689 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1690 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1691 | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1692 found = look;
1693 }
1694 }
1695 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1696 {
1697 /* .bss goes after any other alloc section. */
1698 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1699 {
1700 look_flags = look->flags;
1701 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1702 {
1703 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1704 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1705 look->bfd_section,
1706 sec->owner, sec))
1707 continue;
1708 }
1709 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1710 if (!(differ & SEC_ALLOC))
1711 found = look;
1712 }
1713 }
1714 else
1715 {
1716 /* non-alloc go last. */
1717 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1718 {
1719 look_flags = look->flags;
1720 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1721 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1722 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1723 if (!(differ & SEC_DEBUGGING))
1724 found = look;
1725 }
1726 return found;
1727 }
1728
1729 if (found || !match_type)
1730 return found;
1731
1732 return lang_output_section_find_by_flags (sec, sec_flags, NULL, NULL);
1733 }
1734
1735 /* Find the last output section before given output statement.
1736 Used by place_orphan. */
1737
1738 static asection *
1739 output_prev_sec_find (lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
1740 {
1741 lang_output_section_statement_type *lookup;
1742
1743 for (lookup = os->prev; lookup != NULL; lookup = lookup->prev)
1744 {
1745 if (lookup->constraint < 0)
1746 continue;
1747
1748 if (lookup->bfd_section != NULL && lookup->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
1749 return lookup->bfd_section;
1750 }
1751
1752 return NULL;
1753 }
1754
1755 /* Look for a suitable place for a new output section statement. The
1756 idea is to skip over anything that might be inside a SECTIONS {}
1757 statement in a script, before we find another output section
1758 statement. Assignments to "dot" before an output section statement
1759 are assumed to belong to it, except in two cases; The first
1760 assignment to dot, and assignments before non-alloc sections.
1761 Otherwise we might put an orphan before . = . + SIZEOF_HEADERS or
1762 similar assignments that set the initial address, or we might
1763 insert non-alloc note sections among assignments setting end of
1764 image symbols. */
1765
1766 static lang_statement_union_type **
1767 insert_os_after (lang_output_section_statement_type *after)
1768 {
1769 lang_statement_union_type **where;
1770 lang_statement_union_type **assign = NULL;
1771 bfd_boolean ignore_first;
1772
1773 ignore_first = after == &lang_os_list.head->output_section_statement;
1774
1775 for (where = &after->header.next;
1776 *where != NULL;
1777 where = &(*where)->header.next)
1778 {
1779 switch ((*where)->header.type)
1780 {
1781 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
1782 if (assign == NULL)
1783 {
1784 lang_assignment_statement_type *ass;
1785
1786 ass = &(*where)->assignment_statement;
1787 if (ass->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert
1788 && ass->exp->assign.dst[0] == '.'
1789 && ass->exp->assign.dst[1] == 0)
1790 {
1791 if (!ignore_first)
1792 assign = where;
1793 ignore_first = FALSE;
1794 }
1795 }
1796 continue;
1797 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
1798 case lang_input_section_enum:
1799 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
1800 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
1801 case lang_data_statement_enum:
1802 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
1803 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
1804 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
1805 assign = NULL;
1806 ignore_first = FALSE;
1807 continue;
1808 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
1809 if (assign != NULL)
1810 {
1811 asection *s = (*where)->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
1812
1813 if (s == NULL
1814 || s->map_head.s == NULL
1815 || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1816 where = assign;
1817 }
1818 break;
1819 case lang_input_statement_enum:
1820 case lang_address_statement_enum:
1821 case lang_target_statement_enum:
1822 case lang_output_statement_enum:
1823 case lang_group_statement_enum:
1824 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
1825 continue;
1826 }
1827 break;
1828 }
1829
1830 return where;
1831 }
1832
1833 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1834 lang_insert_orphan (asection *s,
1835 const char *secname,
1836 int constraint,
1837 lang_output_section_statement_type *after,
1838 struct orphan_save *place,
1839 etree_type *address,
1840 lang_statement_list_type *add_child)
1841 {
1842 lang_statement_list_type add;
1843 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
1844 lang_output_section_statement_type **os_tail;
1845
1846 /* If we have found an appropriate place for the output section
1847 statements for this orphan, add them to our own private list,
1848 inserting them later into the global statement list. */
1849 if (after != NULL)
1850 {
1851 lang_list_init (&add);
1852 push_stat_ptr (&add);
1853 }
1854
1855 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
1856 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0)
1857 address = exp_intop (0);
1858
1859 os_tail = (lang_output_section_statement_type **) lang_os_list.tail;
1860 os = lang_enter_output_section_statement (secname, address, normal_section,
1861 NULL, NULL, NULL, constraint, 0);
1862
1863 if (add_child == NULL)
1864 add_child = &os->children;
1865 lang_add_section (add_child, s, NULL, os);
1866
1867 if (after && (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) != 0)
1868 {
1869 const char *region = (after->region
1870 ? after->region->name_list.name
1871 : DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION);
1872 const char *lma_region = (after->lma_region
1873 ? after->lma_region->name_list.name
1874 : NULL);
1875 lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, region, after->phdrs,
1876 lma_region);
1877 }
1878 else
1879 lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, NULL,
1880 NULL);
1881
1882 /* Restore the global list pointer. */
1883 if (after != NULL)
1884 pop_stat_ptr ();
1885
1886 if (after != NULL && os->bfd_section != NULL)
1887 {
1888 asection *snew, *as;
1889 bfd_boolean place_after = place->stmt == NULL;
1890 bfd_boolean insert_after = TRUE;
1891
1892 snew = os->bfd_section;
1893
1894 /* Shuffle the bfd section list to make the output file look
1895 neater. This is really only cosmetic. */
1896 if (place->section == NULL
1897 && after != &lang_os_list.head->output_section_statement)
1898 {
1899 asection *bfd_section = after->bfd_section;
1900
1901 /* If the output statement hasn't been used to place any input
1902 sections (and thus doesn't have an output bfd_section),
1903 look for the closest prior output statement having an
1904 output section. */
1905 if (bfd_section == NULL)
1906 bfd_section = output_prev_sec_find (after);
1907
1908 if (bfd_section != NULL && bfd_section != snew)
1909 place->section = &bfd_section->next;
1910 }
1911
1912 if (place->section == NULL)
1913 place->section = &link_info.output_bfd->sections;
1914
1915 as = *place->section;
1916
1917 if (!as)
1918 {
1919 /* Put the section at the end of the list. */
1920
1921 /* Unlink the section. */
1922 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1923
1924 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
1925 bfd_section_list_append (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1926 }
1927 else if ((bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
1928 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1929 && (bfd_get_flavour (s->owner)
1930 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1931 && ((elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE
1932 && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1933 || (elf_section_type (as) == SHT_NOTE
1934 && (as->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)))
1935 {
1936 /* Make sure that output note sections are grouped and sorted
1937 by alignments when inserting a note section or insert a
1938 section after a note section, */
1939 asection *sec;
1940 /* A specific section after which the output note section
1941 should be placed. */
1942 asection *after_sec;
1943 /* True if we need to insert the orphan section after a
1944 specific section to maintain output note section order. */
1945 bfd_boolean after_sec_note = FALSE;
1946
1947 static asection *first_orphan_note = NULL;
1948
1949 /* Group and sort output note section by alignments in
1950 ascending order. */
1951 after_sec = NULL;
1952 if (elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE
1953 && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1954 {
1955 /* Search from the beginning for the last output note
1956 section with equal or larger alignments. NB: Don't
1957 place orphan note section after non-note sections. */
1958
1959 first_orphan_note = NULL;
1960 for (sec = link_info.output_bfd->sections;
1961 (sec != NULL
1962 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec));
1963 sec = sec->next)
1964 if (sec != snew
1965 && elf_section_type (sec) == SHT_NOTE
1966 && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1967 {
1968 if (!first_orphan_note)
1969 first_orphan_note = sec;
1970 if (sec->alignment_power >= s->alignment_power)
1971 after_sec = sec;
1972 }
1973 else if (first_orphan_note)
1974 {
1975 /* Stop if there is non-note section after the first
1976 orphan note section. */
1977 break;
1978 }
1979
1980 /* If this will be the first orphan note section, it can
1981 be placed at the default location. */
1982 after_sec_note = first_orphan_note != NULL;
1983 if (after_sec == NULL && after_sec_note)
1984 {
1985 /* If all output note sections have smaller
1986 alignments, place the section before all
1987 output orphan note sections. */
1988 after_sec = first_orphan_note;
1989 insert_after = FALSE;
1990 }
1991 }
1992 else if (first_orphan_note)
1993 {
1994 /* Don't place non-note sections in the middle of orphan
1995 note sections. */
1996 after_sec_note = TRUE;
1997 after_sec = as;
1998 for (sec = as->next;
1999 (sec != NULL
2000 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec));
2001 sec = sec->next)
2002 if (elf_section_type (sec) == SHT_NOTE
2003 && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
2004 after_sec = sec;
2005 }
2006
2007 if (after_sec_note)
2008 {
2009 if (after_sec)
2010 {
2011 /* Search forward to insert OS after AFTER_SEC output
2012 statement. */
2013 lang_output_section_statement_type *stmt, *next;
2014 bfd_boolean found = FALSE;
2015 for (stmt = after; stmt != NULL; stmt = next)
2016 {
2017 next = stmt->next;
2018 if (insert_after)
2019 {
2020 if (stmt->bfd_section == after_sec)
2021 {
2022 place_after = TRUE;
2023 found = TRUE;
2024 after = stmt;
2025 break;
2026 }
2027 }
2028 else
2029 {
2030 /* If INSERT_AFTER is FALSE, place OS before
2031 AFTER_SEC output statement. */
2032 if (next && next->bfd_section == after_sec)
2033 {
2034 place_after = TRUE;
2035 found = TRUE;
2036 after = stmt;
2037 break;
2038 }
2039 }
2040 }
2041
2042 /* Search backward to insert OS after AFTER_SEC output
2043 statement. */
2044 if (!found)
2045 for (stmt = after; stmt != NULL; stmt = stmt->prev)
2046 {
2047 if (insert_after)
2048 {
2049 if (stmt->bfd_section == after_sec)
2050 {
2051 place_after = TRUE;
2052 after = stmt;
2053 break;
2054 }
2055 }
2056 else
2057 {
2058 /* If INSERT_AFTER is FALSE, place OS before
2059 AFTER_SEC output statement. */
2060 if (stmt->next->bfd_section == after_sec)
2061 {
2062 place_after = TRUE;
2063 after = stmt;
2064 break;
2065 }
2066 }
2067 }
2068 }
2069
2070 if (after_sec == NULL
2071 || (insert_after && after_sec->next != snew)
2072 || (!insert_after && after_sec->prev != snew))
2073 {
2074 /* Unlink the section. */
2075 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2076
2077 /* Place SNEW after AFTER_SEC. If AFTER_SEC is NULL,
2078 prepend SNEW. */
2079 if (after_sec)
2080 {
2081 if (insert_after)
2082 bfd_section_list_insert_after (link_info.output_bfd,
2083 after_sec, snew);
2084 else
2085 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd,
2086 after_sec, snew);
2087 }
2088 else
2089 bfd_section_list_prepend (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2090 }
2091 }
2092 else if (as != snew && as->prev != snew)
2093 {
2094 /* Unlink the section. */
2095 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2096
2097 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
2098 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd,
2099 as, snew);
2100 }
2101 }
2102 else if (as != snew && as->prev != snew)
2103 {
2104 /* Unlink the section. */
2105 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2106
2107 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
2108 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd, as, snew);
2109 }
2110
2111 /* Save the end of this list. Further ophans of this type will
2112 follow the one we've just added. */
2113 place->section = &snew->next;
2114
2115 /* The following is non-cosmetic. We try to put the output
2116 statements in some sort of reasonable order here, because they
2117 determine the final load addresses of the orphan sections.
2118 In addition, placing output statements in the wrong order may
2119 require extra segments. For instance, given a typical
2120 situation of all read-only sections placed in one segment and
2121 following that a segment containing all the read-write
2122 sections, we wouldn't want to place an orphan read/write
2123 section before or amongst the read-only ones. */
2124 if (add.head != NULL)
2125 {
2126 lang_output_section_statement_type *newly_added_os;
2127
2128 /* Place OS after AFTER if AFTER_NOTE is TRUE. */
2129 if (place_after)
2130 {
2131 lang_statement_union_type **where = insert_os_after (after);
2132
2133 *add.tail = *where;
2134 *where = add.head;
2135
2136 place->os_tail = &after->next;
2137 }
2138 else
2139 {
2140 /* Put it after the last orphan statement we added. */
2141 *add.tail = *place->stmt;
2142 *place->stmt = add.head;
2143 }
2144
2145 /* Fix the global list pointer if we happened to tack our
2146 new list at the tail. */
2147 if (*stat_ptr->tail == add.head)
2148 stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
2149
2150 /* Save the end of this list. */
2151 place->stmt = add.tail;
2152
2153 /* Do the same for the list of output section statements. */
2154 newly_added_os = *os_tail;
2155 *os_tail = NULL;
2156 newly_added_os->prev = (lang_output_section_statement_type *)
2157 ((char *) place->os_tail
2158 - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next));
2159 newly_added_os->next = *place->os_tail;
2160 if (newly_added_os->next != NULL)
2161 newly_added_os->next->prev = newly_added_os;
2162 *place->os_tail = newly_added_os;
2163 place->os_tail = &newly_added_os->next;
2164
2165 /* Fixing the global list pointer here is a little different.
2166 We added to the list in lang_enter_output_section_statement,
2167 trimmed off the new output_section_statment above when
2168 assigning *os_tail = NULL, but possibly added it back in
2169 the same place when assigning *place->os_tail. */
2170 if (*os_tail == NULL)
2171 lang_os_list.tail = (lang_statement_union_type **) os_tail;
2172 }
2173 }
2174 return os;
2175 }
2176
2177 static void
2178 lang_print_asneeded (void)
2179 {
2180 struct asneeded_minfo *m;
2181
2182 if (asneeded_list_head == NULL)
2183 return;
2184
2185 minfo (_("\nAs-needed library included to satisfy reference by file (symbol)\n\n"));
2186
2187 for (m = asneeded_list_head; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2188 {
2189 size_t len;
2190
2191 minfo ("%s", m->soname);
2192 len = strlen (m->soname);
2193
2194 if (len >= 29)
2195 {
2196 print_nl ();
2197 len = 0;
2198 }
2199 while (len < 30)
2200 {
2201 print_space ();
2202 ++len;
2203 }
2204
2205 if (m->ref != NULL)
2206 minfo ("%pB ", m->ref);
2207 minfo ("(%pT)\n", m->name);
2208 }
2209 }
2210
2211 static void
2212 lang_map_flags (flagword flag)
2213 {
2214 if (flag & SEC_ALLOC)
2215 minfo ("a");
2216
2217 if (flag & SEC_CODE)
2218 minfo ("x");
2219
2220 if (flag & SEC_READONLY)
2221 minfo ("r");
2222
2223 if (flag & SEC_DATA)
2224 minfo ("w");
2225
2226 if (flag & SEC_LOAD)
2227 minfo ("l");
2228 }
2229
2230 void
2231 lang_map (void)
2232 {
2233 lang_memory_region_type *m;
2234 bfd_boolean dis_header_printed = FALSE;
2235
2236 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
2237 {
2238 asection *s;
2239
2240 if ((file->the_bfd->flags & (BFD_LINKER_CREATED | DYNAMIC)) != 0
2241 || file->flags.just_syms)
2242 continue;
2243
2244 if (config.print_map_discarded)
2245 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
2246 if ((s->output_section == NULL
2247 || s->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd)
2248 && (s->flags & (SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_KEEP)) == 0)
2249 {
2250 if (! dis_header_printed)
2251 {
2252 fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nDiscarded input sections\n\n"));
2253 dis_header_printed = TRUE;
2254 }
2255
2256 print_input_section (s, TRUE);
2257 }
2258 }
2259
2260 minfo (_("\nMemory Configuration\n\n"));
2261 fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s %-18s %-18s %s\n",
2262 _("Name"), _("Origin"), _("Length"), _("Attributes"));
2263
2264 for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2265 {
2266 char buf[100];
2267 int len;
2268
2269 fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s ", m->name_list.name);
2270
2271 sprintf_vma (buf, m->origin);
2272 minfo ("0x%s ", buf);
2273 len = strlen (buf);
2274 while (len < 16)
2275 {
2276 print_space ();
2277 ++len;
2278 }
2279
2280 minfo ("0x%V", m->length);
2281 if (m->flags || m->not_flags)
2282 {
2283 #ifndef BFD64
2284 minfo (" ");
2285 #endif
2286 if (m->flags)
2287 {
2288 print_space ();
2289 lang_map_flags (m->flags);
2290 }
2291
2292 if (m->not_flags)
2293 {
2294 minfo (" !");
2295 lang_map_flags (m->not_flags);
2296 }
2297 }
2298
2299 print_nl ();
2300 }
2301
2302 fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nLinker script and memory map\n\n"));
2303
2304 if (!link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
2305 {
2306 obstack_begin (&map_obstack, 1000);
2307 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, sort_def_symbol, 0);
2308 }
2309 expld.phase = lang_fixed_phase_enum;
2310 lang_statement_iteration++;
2311 print_statements ();
2312
2313 ldemul_extra_map_file_text (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info,
2314 config.map_file);
2315 }
2316
2317 static bfd_boolean
2318 sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry,
2319 void *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2320 {
2321 if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2322 || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2323 && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
2324 && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != NULL)
2325 {
2326 input_section_userdata_type *ud;
2327 struct map_symbol_def *def;
2328
2329 ud = ((input_section_userdata_type *)
2330 get_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section));
2331 if (!ud)
2332 {
2333 ud = stat_alloc (sizeof (*ud));
2334 get_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section) = ud;
2335 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2336 ud->map_symbol_def_count = 0;
2337 }
2338 else if (!ud->map_symbol_def_tail)
2339 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2340
2341 def = (struct map_symbol_def *) obstack_alloc (&map_obstack, sizeof *def);
2342 def->entry = hash_entry;
2343 *(ud->map_symbol_def_tail) = def;
2344 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &def->next;
2345 ud->map_symbol_def_count++;
2346 }
2347 return TRUE;
2348 }
2349
2350 /* Initialize an output section. */
2351
2352 static void
2353 init_os (lang_output_section_statement_type *s, flagword flags)
2354 {
2355 if (strcmp (s->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2356 einfo (_("%F%P: illegal use of `%s' section\n"), DISCARD_SECTION_NAME);
2357
2358 if (s->constraint != SPECIAL)
2359 s->bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, s->name);
2360 if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2361 s->bfd_section = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (link_info.output_bfd,
2362 s->name, flags);
2363 if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2364 {
2365 einfo (_("%F%P: output format %s cannot represent section"
2366 " called %s: %E\n"),
2367 link_info.output_bfd->xvec->name, s->name);
2368 }
2369 s->bfd_section->output_section = s->bfd_section;
2370 s->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
2371
2372 /* Set the userdata of the output section to the output section
2373 statement to avoid lookup. */
2374 get_userdata (s->bfd_section) = s;
2375
2376 /* If there is a base address, make sure that any sections it might
2377 mention are initialized. */
2378 if (s->addr_tree != NULL)
2379 exp_init_os (s->addr_tree);
2380
2381 if (s->load_base != NULL)
2382 exp_init_os (s->load_base);
2383
2384 /* If supplied an alignment, set it. */
2385 if (s->section_alignment != NULL)
2386 s->bfd_section->alignment_power = exp_get_power (s->section_alignment,
2387 "section alignment");
2388 }
2389
2390 /* Make sure that all output sections mentioned in an expression are
2391 initialized. */
2392
2393 static void
2394 exp_init_os (etree_type *exp)
2395 {
2396 switch (exp->type.node_class)
2397 {
2398 case etree_assign:
2399 case etree_provide:
2400 case etree_provided:
2401 exp_init_os (exp->assign.src);
2402 break;
2403
2404 case etree_binary:
2405 exp_init_os (exp->binary.lhs);
2406 exp_init_os (exp->binary.rhs);
2407 break;
2408
2409 case etree_trinary:
2410 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.cond);
2411 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.lhs);
2412 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.rhs);
2413 break;
2414
2415 case etree_assert:
2416 exp_init_os (exp->assert_s.child);
2417 break;
2418
2419 case etree_unary:
2420 exp_init_os (exp->unary.child);
2421 break;
2422
2423 case etree_name:
2424 switch (exp->type.node_code)
2425 {
2426 case ADDR:
2427 case LOADADDR:
2428 case SIZEOF:
2429 {
2430 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2431
2432 os = lang_output_section_find (exp->name.name);
2433 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
2434 init_os (os, 0);
2435 }
2436 }
2437 break;
2438
2439 default:
2440 break;
2441 }
2442 }
2443 \f
2444 static void
2445 section_already_linked (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *data)
2446 {
2447 lang_input_statement_type *entry = (lang_input_statement_type *) data;
2448
2449 /* If we are only reading symbols from this object, then we want to
2450 discard all sections. */
2451 if (entry->flags.just_syms)
2452 {
2453 bfd_link_just_syms (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2454 return;
2455 }
2456
2457 /* Deal with SHF_EXCLUDE ELF sections. */
2458 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
2459 && (abfd->flags & BFD_PLUGIN) == 0
2460 && (sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_KEEP | SEC_EXCLUDE)) == SEC_EXCLUDE)
2461 sec->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2462
2463 if (!(abfd->flags & DYNAMIC))
2464 bfd_section_already_linked (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2465 }
2466 \f
2467
2468 /* Returns true if SECTION is one we know will be discarded based on its
2469 section flags, otherwise returns false. */
2470
2471 static bfd_boolean
2472 lang_discard_section_p (asection *section)
2473 {
2474 bfd_boolean discard;
2475 flagword flags = section->flags;
2476
2477 /* Discard sections marked with SEC_EXCLUDE. */
2478 discard = (flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0;
2479
2480 /* Discard the group descriptor sections when we're finally placing the
2481 sections from within the group. */
2482 if ((flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0
2483 && link_info.resolve_section_groups)
2484 discard = TRUE;
2485
2486 /* Discard debugging sections if we are stripping debugging
2487 information. */
2488 if ((link_info.strip == strip_debugger || link_info.strip == strip_all)
2489 && (flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
2490 discard = TRUE;
2491
2492 return discard;
2493 }
2494
2495 /* The wild routines.
2496
2497 These expand statements like *(.text) and foo.o to a list of
2498 explicit actions, like foo.o(.text), bar.o(.text) and
2499 foo.o(.text, .data). */
2500
2501 /* Add SECTION to the output section OUTPUT. Do this by creating a
2502 lang_input_section statement which is placed at PTR. */
2503
2504 void
2505 lang_add_section (lang_statement_list_type *ptr,
2506 asection *section,
2507 struct flag_info *sflag_info,
2508 lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
2509 {
2510 flagword flags = section->flags;
2511
2512 bfd_boolean discard;
2513 lang_input_section_type *new_section;
2514 bfd *abfd = link_info.output_bfd;
2515
2516 /* Is this section one we know should be discarded? */
2517 discard = lang_discard_section_p (section);
2518
2519 /* Discard input sections which are assigned to a section named
2520 DISCARD_SECTION_NAME. */
2521 if (strcmp (output->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2522 discard = TRUE;
2523
2524 if (discard)
2525 {
2526 if (section->output_section == NULL)
2527 {
2528 /* This prevents future calls from assigning this section. */
2529 section->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2530 }
2531 return;
2532 }
2533
2534 if (sflag_info)
2535 {
2536 bfd_boolean keep;
2537
2538 keep = bfd_lookup_section_flags (&link_info, sflag_info, section);
2539 if (!keep)
2540 return;
2541 }
2542
2543 if (section->output_section != NULL)
2544 return;
2545
2546 /* We don't copy the SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag from an input section
2547 to an output section, because we want to be able to include a
2548 SEC_NEVER_LOAD section in the middle of an otherwise loaded
2549 section (I don't know why we want to do this, but we do).
2550 build_link_order in ldwrite.c handles this case by turning
2551 the embedded SEC_NEVER_LOAD section into a fill. */
2552 flags &= ~ SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2553
2554 /* If final link, don't copy the SEC_LINK_ONCE flags, they've
2555 already been processed. One reason to do this is that on pe
2556 format targets, .text$foo sections go into .text and it's odd
2557 to see .text with SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
2558 if ((flags & (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP)) == (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP))
2559 {
2560 if (link_info.resolve_section_groups)
2561 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2562 else
2563 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2564 }
2565 else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
2566 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2567
2568 switch (output->sectype)
2569 {
2570 case normal_section:
2571 case overlay_section:
2572 case first_overlay_section:
2573 break;
2574 case noalloc_section:
2575 flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2576 break;
2577 case noload_section:
2578 flags &= ~SEC_LOAD;
2579 flags |= SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2580 /* Unfortunately GNU ld has managed to evolve two different
2581 meanings to NOLOAD in scripts. ELF gets a .bss style noload,
2582 alloc, no contents section. All others get a noload, noalloc
2583 section. */
2584 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
2585 flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2586 else
2587 flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2588 break;
2589 }
2590
2591 if (output->bfd_section == NULL)
2592 init_os (output, flags);
2593
2594 /* If SEC_READONLY is not set in the input section, then clear
2595 it from the output section. */
2596 output->bfd_section->flags &= flags | ~SEC_READONLY;
2597
2598 if (output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2599 {
2600 /* Only set SEC_READONLY flag on the first input section. */
2601 flags &= ~ SEC_READONLY;
2602
2603 /* Keep SEC_MERGE and SEC_STRINGS only if they are the same. */
2604 if ((output->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2605 != (flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2606 || ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0
2607 && output->bfd_section->entsize != section->entsize))
2608 {
2609 output->bfd_section->flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2610 flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2611 }
2612 }
2613 output->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
2614
2615 if (!output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2616 {
2617 output->bfd_section->linker_has_input = 1;
2618 /* This must happen after flags have been updated. The output
2619 section may have been created before we saw its first input
2620 section, eg. for a data statement. */
2621 bfd_init_private_section_data (section->owner, section,
2622 link_info.output_bfd,
2623 output->bfd_section,
2624 &link_info);
2625 if ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
2626 output->bfd_section->entsize = section->entsize;
2627 }
2628
2629 if ((flags & SEC_TIC54X_BLOCK) != 0
2630 && bfd_get_arch (section->owner) == bfd_arch_tic54x)
2631 {
2632 /* FIXME: This value should really be obtained from the bfd... */
2633 output->block_value = 128;
2634 }
2635
2636 if (section->alignment_power > output->bfd_section->alignment_power)
2637 output->bfd_section->alignment_power = section->alignment_power;
2638
2639 section->output_section = output->bfd_section;
2640
2641 if (!map_head_is_link_order)
2642 {
2643 asection *s = output->bfd_section->map_tail.s;
2644 output->bfd_section->map_tail.s = section;
2645 section->map_head.s = NULL;
2646 section->map_tail.s = s;
2647 if (s != NULL)
2648 s->map_head.s = section;
2649 else
2650 output->bfd_section->map_head.s = section;
2651 }
2652
2653 /* Add a section reference to the list. */
2654 new_section = new_stat (lang_input_section, ptr);
2655 new_section->section = section;
2656 }
2657
2658 /* Handle wildcard sorting. This returns the lang_input_section which
2659 should follow the one we are going to create for SECTION and FILE,
2660 based on the sorting requirements of WILD. It returns NULL if the
2661 new section should just go at the end of the current list. */
2662
2663 static lang_statement_union_type *
2664 wild_sort (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
2665 struct wildcard_list *sec,
2666 lang_input_statement_type *file,
2667 asection *section)
2668 {
2669 lang_statement_union_type *l;
2670
2671 if (!wild->filenames_sorted
2672 && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
2673 return NULL;
2674
2675 for (l = wild->children.head; l != NULL; l = l->header.next)
2676 {
2677 lang_input_section_type *ls;
2678
2679 if (l->header.type != lang_input_section_enum)
2680 continue;
2681 ls = &l->input_section;
2682
2683 /* Sorting by filename takes precedence over sorting by section
2684 name. */
2685
2686 if (wild->filenames_sorted)
2687 {
2688 const char *fn, *ln;
2689 bfd_boolean fa, la;
2690 int i;
2691
2692 /* The PE support for the .idata section as generated by
2693 dlltool assumes that files will be sorted by the name of
2694 the archive and then the name of the file within the
2695 archive. */
2696
2697 if (file->the_bfd != NULL
2698 && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)
2699 {
2700 fn = bfd_get_filename (file->the_bfd->my_archive);
2701 fa = TRUE;
2702 }
2703 else
2704 {
2705 fn = file->filename;
2706 fa = FALSE;
2707 }
2708
2709 if (ls->section->owner->my_archive != NULL)
2710 {
2711 ln = bfd_get_filename (ls->section->owner->my_archive);
2712 la = TRUE;
2713 }
2714 else
2715 {
2716 ln = ls->section->owner->filename;
2717 la = FALSE;
2718 }
2719
2720 i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2721 if (i > 0)
2722 continue;
2723 else if (i < 0)
2724 break;
2725
2726 if (fa || la)
2727 {
2728 if (fa)
2729 fn = file->filename;
2730 if (la)
2731 ln = ls->section->owner->filename;
2732
2733 i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2734 if (i > 0)
2735 continue;
2736 else if (i < 0)
2737 break;
2738 }
2739 }
2740
2741 /* Here either the files are not sorted by name, or we are
2742 looking at the sections for this file. */
2743
2744 if (sec != NULL
2745 && sec->spec.sorted != none
2746 && sec->spec.sorted != by_none)
2747 if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, ls->section) < 0)
2748 break;
2749 }
2750
2751 return l;
2752 }
2753
2754 /* Expand a wild statement for a particular FILE. SECTION may be
2755 NULL, in which case it is a wild card. */
2756
2757 static void
2758 output_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
2759 struct wildcard_list *sec,
2760 asection *section,
2761 struct flag_info *sflag_info,
2762 lang_input_statement_type *file,
2763 void *output)
2764 {
2765 lang_statement_union_type *before;
2766 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2767
2768 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2769
2770 /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST. */
2771 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2772 return;
2773
2774 before = wild_sort (ptr, sec, file, section);
2775
2776 /* Here BEFORE points to the lang_input_section which
2777 should follow the one we are about to add. If BEFORE
2778 is NULL, then the section should just go at the end
2779 of the current list. */
2780
2781 if (before == NULL)
2782 lang_add_section (&ptr->children, section, sflag_info, os);
2783 else
2784 {
2785 lang_statement_list_type list;
2786 lang_statement_union_type **pp;
2787
2788 lang_list_init (&list);
2789 lang_add_section (&list, section, sflag_info, os);
2790
2791 /* If we are discarding the section, LIST.HEAD will
2792 be NULL. */
2793 if (list.head != NULL)
2794 {
2795 ASSERT (list.head->header.next == NULL);
2796
2797 for (pp = &ptr->children.head;
2798 *pp != before;
2799 pp = &(*pp)->header.next)
2800 ASSERT (*pp != NULL);
2801
2802 list.head->header.next = *pp;
2803 *pp = list.head;
2804 }
2805 }
2806 }
2807
2808 /* Check if all sections in a wild statement for a particular FILE
2809 are readonly. */
2810
2811 static void
2812 check_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2813 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2814 asection *section,
2815 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2816 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2817 void *output)
2818 {
2819 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2820
2821 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2822
2823 /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST. */
2824 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2825 return;
2826
2827 if (section->output_section == NULL && (section->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2828 os->all_input_readonly = FALSE;
2829 }
2830
2831 /* This is passed a file name which must have been seen already and
2832 added to the statement tree. We will see if it has been opened
2833 already and had its symbols read. If not then we'll read it. */
2834
2835 static lang_input_statement_type *
2836 lookup_name (const char *name)
2837 {
2838 lang_input_statement_type *search;
2839
2840 for (search = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
2841 search != NULL;
2842 search = search->next_real_file)
2843 {
2844 /* Use the local_sym_name as the name of the file that has
2845 already been loaded as filename might have been transformed
2846 via the search directory lookup mechanism. */
2847 const char *filename = search->local_sym_name;
2848
2849 if (filename != NULL
2850 && filename_cmp (filename, name) == 0)
2851 break;
2852 }
2853
2854 if (search == NULL)
2855 {
2856 /* Arrange to splice the input statement added by new_afile into
2857 statement_list after the current input_file_chain tail.
2858 We know input_file_chain is not an empty list, and that
2859 lookup_name was called via open_input_bfds. Later calls to
2860 lookup_name should always match an existing input_statement. */
2861 lang_statement_union_type **tail = stat_ptr->tail;
2862 lang_statement_union_type **after
2863 = (void *) ((char *) input_file_chain.tail
2864 - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, next_real_file)
2865 + offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, header.next));
2866 lang_statement_union_type *rest = *after;
2867 stat_ptr->tail = after;
2868 search = new_afile (name, lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum,
2869 default_target);
2870 *stat_ptr->tail = rest;
2871 if (*tail == NULL)
2872 stat_ptr->tail = tail;
2873 }
2874
2875 /* If we have already added this file, or this file is not real
2876 don't add this file. */
2877 if (search->flags.loaded || !search->flags.real)
2878 return search;
2879
2880 if (!load_symbols (search, NULL))
2881 return NULL;
2882
2883 return search;
2884 }
2885
2886 /* Save LIST as a list of libraries whose symbols should not be exported. */
2887
2888 struct excluded_lib
2889 {
2890 char *name;
2891 struct excluded_lib *next;
2892 };
2893 static struct excluded_lib *excluded_libs;
2894
2895 void
2896 add_excluded_libs (const char *list)
2897 {
2898 const char *p = list, *end;
2899
2900 while (*p != '\0')
2901 {
2902 struct excluded_lib *entry;
2903 end = strpbrk (p, ",:");
2904 if (end == NULL)
2905 end = p + strlen (p);
2906 entry = (struct excluded_lib *) xmalloc (sizeof (*entry));
2907 entry->next = excluded_libs;
2908 entry->name = (char *) xmalloc (end - p + 1);
2909 memcpy (entry->name, p, end - p);
2910 entry->name[end - p] = '\0';
2911 excluded_libs = entry;
2912 if (*end == '\0')
2913 break;
2914 p = end + 1;
2915 }
2916 }
2917
2918 static void
2919 check_excluded_libs (bfd *abfd)
2920 {
2921 struct excluded_lib *lib = excluded_libs;
2922
2923 while (lib)
2924 {
2925 int len = strlen (lib->name);
2926 const char *filename = lbasename (abfd->filename);
2927
2928 if (strcmp (lib->name, "ALL") == 0)
2929 {
2930 abfd->no_export = TRUE;
2931 return;
2932 }
2933
2934 if (filename_ncmp (lib->name, filename, len) == 0
2935 && (filename[len] == '\0'
2936 || (filename[len] == '.' && filename[len + 1] == 'a'
2937 && filename[len + 2] == '\0')))
2938 {
2939 abfd->no_export = TRUE;
2940 return;
2941 }
2942
2943 lib = lib->next;
2944 }
2945 }
2946
2947 /* Get the symbols for an input file. */
2948
2949 bfd_boolean
2950 load_symbols (lang_input_statement_type *entry,
2951 lang_statement_list_type *place)
2952 {
2953 char **matching;
2954
2955 if (entry->flags.loaded)
2956 return TRUE;
2957
2958 ldfile_open_file (entry);
2959
2960 /* Do not process further if the file was missing. */
2961 if (entry->flags.missing_file)
2962 return TRUE;
2963
2964 if (trace_files || verbose)
2965 info_msg ("%pI\n", entry);
2966
2967 if (!bfd_check_format (entry->the_bfd, bfd_archive)
2968 && !bfd_check_format_matches (entry->the_bfd, bfd_object, &matching))
2969 {
2970 bfd_error_type err;
2971 struct lang_input_statement_flags save_flags;
2972 extern FILE *yyin;
2973
2974 err = bfd_get_error ();
2975
2976 /* See if the emulation has some special knowledge. */
2977 if (ldemul_unrecognized_file (entry))
2978 return TRUE;
2979
2980 if (err == bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized)
2981 {
2982 char **p;
2983
2984 einfo (_("%P: %pB: file not recognized: %E;"
2985 " matching formats:"), entry->the_bfd);
2986 for (p = matching; *p != NULL; p++)
2987 einfo (" %s", *p);
2988 einfo ("%F\n");
2989 }
2990 else if (err != bfd_error_file_not_recognized
2991 || place == NULL)
2992 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: file not recognized: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
2993
2994 bfd_close (entry->the_bfd);
2995 entry->the_bfd = NULL;
2996
2997 /* Try to interpret the file as a linker script. */
2998 save_flags = input_flags;
2999 ldfile_open_command_file (entry->filename);
3000
3001 push_stat_ptr (place);
3002 input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
3003 = entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
3004 input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic
3005 = entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
3006 input_flags.whole_archive = entry->flags.whole_archive;
3007 input_flags.dynamic = entry->flags.dynamic;
3008
3009 ldfile_assumed_script = TRUE;
3010 parser_input = input_script;
3011 yyparse ();
3012 ldfile_assumed_script = FALSE;
3013
3014 /* missing_file is sticky. sysrooted will already have been
3015 restored when seeing EOF in yyparse, but no harm to restore
3016 again. */
3017 save_flags.missing_file |= input_flags.missing_file;
3018 input_flags = save_flags;
3019 pop_stat_ptr ();
3020 fclose (yyin);
3021 yyin = NULL;
3022 entry->flags.loaded = TRUE;
3023
3024 return TRUE;
3025 }
3026
3027 if (ldemul_recognized_file (entry))
3028 return TRUE;
3029
3030 /* We don't call ldlang_add_file for an archive. Instead, the
3031 add_symbols entry point will call ldlang_add_file, via the
3032 add_archive_element callback, for each element of the archive
3033 which is used. */
3034 switch (bfd_get_format (entry->the_bfd))
3035 {
3036 default:
3037 break;
3038
3039 case bfd_object:
3040 if (!entry->flags.reload)
3041 ldlang_add_file (entry);
3042 break;
3043
3044 case bfd_archive:
3045 check_excluded_libs (entry->the_bfd);
3046
3047 entry->the_bfd->usrdata = entry;
3048 if (entry->flags.whole_archive)
3049 {
3050 bfd *member = NULL;
3051 bfd_boolean loaded = TRUE;
3052
3053 for (;;)
3054 {
3055 bfd *subsbfd;
3056 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (entry->the_bfd, member);
3057
3058 if (member == NULL)
3059 break;
3060
3061 if (!bfd_check_format (member, bfd_object))
3062 {
3063 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: member %pB in archive is not an object\n"),
3064 entry->the_bfd, member);
3065 loaded = FALSE;
3066 }
3067
3068 subsbfd = member;
3069 if (!(*link_info.callbacks
3070 ->add_archive_element) (&link_info, member,
3071 "--whole-archive", &subsbfd))
3072 abort ();
3073
3074 /* Potentially, the add_archive_element hook may have set a
3075 substitute BFD for us. */
3076 if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (subsbfd, &link_info))
3077 {
3078 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: error adding symbols: %E\n"), member);
3079 loaded = FALSE;
3080 }
3081 }
3082
3083 entry->flags.loaded = loaded;
3084 return loaded;
3085 }
3086 break;
3087 }
3088
3089 if (bfd_link_add_symbols (entry->the_bfd, &link_info))
3090 entry->flags.loaded = TRUE;
3091 else
3092 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: error adding symbols: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
3093
3094 return entry->flags.loaded;
3095 }
3096
3097 /* Handle a wild statement. S->FILENAME or S->SECTION_LIST or both
3098 may be NULL, indicating that it is a wildcard. Separate
3099 lang_input_section statements are created for each part of the
3100 expansion; they are added after the wild statement S. OUTPUT is
3101 the output section. */
3102
3103 static void
3104 wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
3105 const char *target ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3106 lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
3107 {
3108 struct wildcard_list *sec;
3109
3110 if (s->handler_data[0]
3111 && s->handler_data[0]->spec.sorted == by_name
3112 && !s->filenames_sorted)
3113 {
3114 lang_section_bst_type *tree;
3115
3116 walk_wild (s, output_section_callback_fast, output);
3117
3118 tree = s->tree;
3119 if (tree)
3120 {
3121 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (s, tree, output);
3122 s->tree = NULL;
3123 }
3124 }
3125 else
3126 walk_wild (s, output_section_callback, output);
3127
3128 if (default_common_section == NULL)
3129 for (sec = s->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
3130 if (sec->spec.name != NULL && strcmp (sec->spec.name, "COMMON") == 0)
3131 {
3132 /* Remember the section that common is going to in case we
3133 later get something which doesn't know where to put it. */
3134 default_common_section = output;
3135 break;
3136 }
3137 }
3138
3139 /* Return TRUE iff target is the sought target. */
3140
3141 static int
3142 get_target (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
3143 {
3144 const char *sought = (const char *) data;
3145
3146 return strcmp (target->name, sought) == 0;
3147 }
3148
3149 /* Like strcpy() but convert to lower case as well. */
3150
3151 static void
3152 stricpy (char *dest, char *src)
3153 {
3154 char c;
3155
3156 while ((c = *src++) != 0)
3157 *dest++ = TOLOWER (c);
3158
3159 *dest = 0;
3160 }
3161
3162 /* Remove the first occurrence of needle (if any) in haystack
3163 from haystack. */
3164
3165 static void
3166 strcut (char *haystack, char *needle)
3167 {
3168 haystack = strstr (haystack, needle);
3169
3170 if (haystack)
3171 {
3172 char *src;
3173
3174 for (src = haystack + strlen (needle); *src;)
3175 *haystack++ = *src++;
3176
3177 *haystack = 0;
3178 }
3179 }
3180
3181 /* Compare two target format name strings.
3182 Return a value indicating how "similar" they are. */
3183
3184 static int
3185 name_compare (char *first, char *second)
3186 {
3187 char *copy1;
3188 char *copy2;
3189 int result;
3190
3191 copy1 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (first) + 1);
3192 copy2 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (second) + 1);
3193
3194 /* Convert the names to lower case. */
3195 stricpy (copy1, first);
3196 stricpy (copy2, second);
3197
3198 /* Remove size and endian strings from the name. */
3199 strcut (copy1, "big");
3200 strcut (copy1, "little");
3201 strcut (copy2, "big");
3202 strcut (copy2, "little");
3203
3204 /* Return a value based on how many characters match,
3205 starting from the beginning. If both strings are
3206 the same then return 10 * their length. */
3207 for (result = 0; copy1[result] == copy2[result]; result++)
3208 if (copy1[result] == 0)
3209 {
3210 result *= 10;
3211 break;
3212 }
3213
3214 free (copy1);
3215 free (copy2);
3216
3217 return result;
3218 }
3219
3220 /* Set by closest_target_match() below. */
3221 static const bfd_target *winner;
3222
3223 /* Scan all the valid bfd targets looking for one that has the endianness
3224 requirement that was specified on the command line, and is the nearest
3225 match to the original output target. */
3226
3227 static int
3228 closest_target_match (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
3229 {
3230 const bfd_target *original = (const bfd_target *) data;
3231
3232 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
3233 && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_BIG)
3234 return 0;
3235
3236 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
3237 && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE)
3238 return 0;
3239
3240 /* Must be the same flavour. */
3241 if (target->flavour != original->flavour)
3242 return 0;
3243
3244 /* Ignore generic big and little endian elf vectors. */
3245 if (strcmp (target->name, "elf32-big") == 0
3246 || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-big") == 0
3247 || strcmp (target->name, "elf32-little") == 0
3248 || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-little") == 0)
3249 return 0;
3250
3251 /* If we have not found a potential winner yet, then record this one. */
3252 if (winner == NULL)
3253 {
3254 winner = target;
3255 return 0;
3256 }
3257
3258 /* Oh dear, we now have two potential candidates for a successful match.
3259 Compare their names and choose the better one. */
3260 if (name_compare (target->name, original->name)
3261 > name_compare (winner->name, original->name))
3262 winner = target;
3263
3264 /* Keep on searching until wqe have checked them all. */
3265 return 0;
3266 }
3267
3268 /* Return the BFD target format of the first input file. */
3269
3270 static char *
3271 get_first_input_target (void)
3272 {
3273 char *target = NULL;
3274
3275 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (s)
3276 {
3277 if (s->header.type == lang_input_statement_enum
3278 && s->flags.real)
3279 {
3280 ldfile_open_file (s);
3281
3282 if (s->the_bfd != NULL
3283 && bfd_check_format (s->the_bfd, bfd_object))
3284 {
3285 target = bfd_get_target (s->the_bfd);
3286
3287 if (target != NULL)
3288 break;
3289 }
3290 }
3291 }
3292
3293 return target;
3294 }
3295
3296 const char *
3297 lang_get_output_target (void)
3298 {
3299 const char *target;
3300
3301 /* Has the user told us which output format to use? */
3302 if (output_target != NULL)
3303 return output_target;
3304
3305 /* No - has the current target been set to something other than
3306 the default? */
3307 if (current_target != default_target && current_target != NULL)
3308 return current_target;
3309
3310 /* No - can we determine the format of the first input file? */
3311 target = get_first_input_target ();
3312 if (target != NULL)
3313 return target;
3314
3315 /* Failed - use the default output target. */
3316 return default_target;
3317 }
3318
3319 /* Open the output file. */
3320
3321 static void
3322 open_output (const char *name)
3323 {
3324 output_target = lang_get_output_target ();
3325
3326 /* Has the user requested a particular endianness on the command
3327 line? */
3328 if (command_line.endian != ENDIAN_UNSET)
3329 {
3330 /* Get the chosen target. */
3331 const bfd_target *target
3332 = bfd_iterate_over_targets (get_target, (void *) output_target);
3333
3334 /* If the target is not supported, we cannot do anything. */
3335 if (target != NULL)
3336 {
3337 enum bfd_endian desired_endian;
3338
3339 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG)
3340 desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_BIG;
3341 else
3342 desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE;
3343
3344 /* See if the target has the wrong endianness. This should
3345 not happen if the linker script has provided big and
3346 little endian alternatives, but some scrips don't do
3347 this. */
3348 if (target->byteorder != desired_endian)
3349 {
3350 /* If it does, then see if the target provides
3351 an alternative with the correct endianness. */
3352 if (target->alternative_target != NULL
3353 && (target->alternative_target->byteorder == desired_endian))
3354 output_target = target->alternative_target->name;
3355 else
3356 {
3357 /* Try to find a target as similar as possible to
3358 the default target, but which has the desired
3359 endian characteristic. */
3360 bfd_iterate_over_targets (closest_target_match,
3361 (void *) target);
3362
3363 /* Oh dear - we could not find any targets that
3364 satisfy our requirements. */
3365 if (winner == NULL)
3366 einfo (_("%P: warning: could not find any targets"
3367 " that match endianness requirement\n"));
3368 else
3369 output_target = winner->name;
3370 }
3371 }
3372 }
3373 }
3374
3375 link_info.output_bfd = bfd_openw (name, output_target);
3376
3377 if (link_info.output_bfd == NULL)
3378 {
3379 if (bfd_get_error () == bfd_error_invalid_target)
3380 einfo (_("%F%P: target %s not found\n"), output_target);
3381
3382 einfo (_("%F%P: cannot open output file %s: %E\n"), name);
3383 }
3384
3385 delete_output_file_on_failure = TRUE;
3386
3387 if (!bfd_set_format (link_info.output_bfd, bfd_object))
3388 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can not make object file: %E\n"), name);
3389 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (link_info.output_bfd,
3390 ldfile_output_architecture,
3391 ldfile_output_machine))
3392 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can not set architecture: %E\n"), name);
3393
3394 link_info.hash = bfd_link_hash_table_create (link_info.output_bfd);
3395 if (link_info.hash == NULL)
3396 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
3397
3398 bfd_set_gp_size (link_info.output_bfd, g_switch_value);
3399 }
3400
3401 static void
3402 ldlang_open_output (lang_statement_union_type *statement)
3403 {
3404 switch (statement->header.type)
3405 {
3406 case lang_output_statement_enum:
3407 ASSERT (link_info.output_bfd == NULL);
3408 open_output (statement->output_statement.name);
3409 ldemul_set_output_arch ();
3410 if (config.magic_demand_paged
3411 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
3412 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= D_PAGED;
3413 else
3414 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~D_PAGED;
3415 if (config.text_read_only)
3416 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= WP_TEXT;
3417 else
3418 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~WP_TEXT;
3419 if (link_info.traditional_format)
3420 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3421 else
3422 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3423 break;
3424
3425 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3426 current_target = statement->target_statement.target;
3427 break;
3428 default:
3429 break;
3430 }
3431 }
3432
3433 static void
3434 init_opb (void)
3435 {
3436 unsigned x = bfd_arch_mach_octets_per_byte (ldfile_output_architecture,
3437 ldfile_output_machine);
3438 opb_shift = 0;
3439 if (x > 1)
3440 while ((x & 1) == 0)
3441 {
3442 x >>= 1;
3443 ++opb_shift;
3444 }
3445 ASSERT (x == 1);
3446 }
3447
3448 /* Open all the input files. */
3449
3450 enum open_bfd_mode
3451 {
3452 OPEN_BFD_NORMAL = 0,
3453 OPEN_BFD_FORCE = 1,
3454 OPEN_BFD_RESCAN = 2
3455 };
3456 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3457 static lang_input_statement_type *plugin_insert = NULL;
3458 static struct bfd_link_hash_entry *plugin_undefs = NULL;
3459 #endif
3460
3461 static void
3462 open_input_bfds (lang_statement_union_type *s, enum open_bfd_mode mode)
3463 {
3464 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3465 {
3466 switch (s->header.type)
3467 {
3468 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3469 open_input_bfds (constructor_list.head, mode);
3470 break;
3471 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3472 open_input_bfds (s->output_section_statement.children.head, mode);
3473 break;
3474 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3475 /* Maybe we should load the file's symbols. */
3476 if ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3477 && s->wild_statement.filename
3478 && !wildcardp (s->wild_statement.filename)
3479 && !archive_path (s->wild_statement.filename))
3480 lookup_name (s->wild_statement.filename);
3481 open_input_bfds (s->wild_statement.children.head, mode);
3482 break;
3483 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3484 {
3485 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *undefs;
3486 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3487 lang_input_statement_type *plugin_insert_save;
3488 #endif
3489
3490 /* We must continually search the entries in the group
3491 until no new symbols are added to the list of undefined
3492 symbols. */
3493
3494 do
3495 {
3496 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3497 plugin_insert_save = plugin_insert;
3498 #endif
3499 undefs = link_info.hash->undefs_tail;
3500 open_input_bfds (s->group_statement.children.head,
3501 mode | OPEN_BFD_FORCE);
3502 }
3503 while (undefs != link_info.hash->undefs_tail
3504 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3505 /* Objects inserted by a plugin, which are loaded
3506 before we hit this loop, may have added new
3507 undefs. */
3508 || (plugin_insert != plugin_insert_save && plugin_undefs)
3509 #endif
3510 );
3511 }
3512 break;
3513 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3514 current_target = s->target_statement.target;
3515 break;
3516 case lang_input_statement_enum:
3517 if (s->input_statement.flags.real)
3518 {
3519 lang_statement_union_type **os_tail;
3520 lang_statement_list_type add;
3521 bfd *abfd;
3522
3523 s->input_statement.target = current_target;
3524
3525 /* If we are being called from within a group, and this
3526 is an archive which has already been searched, then
3527 force it to be researched unless the whole archive
3528 has been loaded already. Do the same for a rescan.
3529 Likewise reload --as-needed shared libs. */
3530 if (mode != OPEN_BFD_NORMAL
3531 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3532 && ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3533 || plugin_insert == NULL)
3534 #endif
3535 && s->input_statement.flags.loaded
3536 && (abfd = s->input_statement.the_bfd) != NULL
3537 && ((bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_archive
3538 && !s->input_statement.flags.whole_archive)
3539 || (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object
3540 && ((abfd->flags) & DYNAMIC) != 0
3541 && s->input_statement.flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
3542 && bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
3543 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd) & DYN_AS_NEEDED) != 0)))
3544 {
3545 s->input_statement.flags.loaded = FALSE;
3546 s->input_statement.flags.reload = TRUE;
3547 }
3548
3549 os_tail = lang_os_list.tail;
3550 lang_list_init (&add);
3551
3552 if (!load_symbols (&s->input_statement, &add))
3553 config.make_executable = FALSE;
3554
3555 if (add.head != NULL)
3556 {
3557 /* If this was a script with output sections then
3558 tack any added statements on to the end of the
3559 list. This avoids having to reorder the output
3560 section statement list. Very likely the user
3561 forgot -T, and whatever we do here will not meet
3562 naive user expectations. */
3563 if (os_tail != lang_os_list.tail)
3564 {
3565 einfo (_("%P: warning: %s contains output sections;"
3566 " did you forget -T?\n"),
3567 s->input_statement.filename);
3568 *stat_ptr->tail = add.head;
3569 stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
3570 }
3571 else
3572 {
3573 *add.tail = s->header.next;
3574 s->header.next = add.head;
3575 }
3576 }
3577 }
3578 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3579 /* If we have found the point at which a plugin added new
3580 files, clear plugin_insert to enable archive rescan. */
3581 if (&s->input_statement == plugin_insert)
3582 plugin_insert = NULL;
3583 #endif
3584 break;
3585 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
3586 if (s->assignment_statement.exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
3587 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (s->assignment_statement.exp);
3588 break;
3589 default:
3590 break;
3591 }
3592 }
3593
3594 /* Exit if any of the files were missing. */
3595 if (input_flags.missing_file)
3596 einfo ("%F");
3597 }
3598
3599 /* Add the supplied name to the symbol table as an undefined reference.
3600 This is a two step process as the symbol table doesn't even exist at
3601 the time the ld command line is processed. First we put the name
3602 on a list, then, once the output file has been opened, transfer the
3603 name to the symbol table. */
3604
3605 typedef struct bfd_sym_chain ldlang_undef_chain_list_type;
3606
3607 #define ldlang_undef_chain_list_head entry_symbol.next
3608
3609 void
3610 ldlang_add_undef (const char *const name, bfd_boolean cmdline)
3611 {
3612 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *new_undef;
3613
3614 undef_from_cmdline = undef_from_cmdline || cmdline;
3615 new_undef = stat_alloc (sizeof (*new_undef));
3616 new_undef->next = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
3617 ldlang_undef_chain_list_head = new_undef;
3618
3619 new_undef->name = xstrdup (name);
3620
3621 if (link_info.output_bfd != NULL)
3622 insert_undefined (new_undef->name);
3623 }
3624
3625 /* Insert NAME as undefined in the symbol table. */
3626
3627 static void
3628 insert_undefined (const char *name)
3629 {
3630 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
3631
3632 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, name, TRUE, FALSE, TRUE);
3633 if (h == NULL)
3634 einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_link_hash_lookup failed: %E\n"));
3635 if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_new)
3636 {
3637 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
3638 h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
3639 h->non_ir_ref_regular = TRUE;
3640 if (is_elf_hash_table (link_info.hash))
3641 ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->mark = 1;
3642 bfd_link_add_undef (link_info.hash, h);
3643 }
3644 }
3645
3646 /* Run through the list of undefineds created above and place them
3647 into the linker hash table as undefined symbols belonging to the
3648 script file. */
3649
3650 static void
3651 lang_place_undefineds (void)
3652 {
3653 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *ptr;
3654
3655 for (ptr = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
3656 insert_undefined (ptr->name);
3657 }
3658
3659 /* Structure used to build the list of symbols that the user has required
3660 be defined. */
3661
3662 struct require_defined_symbol
3663 {
3664 const char *name;
3665 struct require_defined_symbol *next;
3666 };
3667
3668 /* The list of symbols that the user has required be defined. */
3669
3670 static struct require_defined_symbol *require_defined_symbol_list;
3671
3672 /* Add a new symbol NAME to the list of symbols that are required to be
3673 defined. */
3674
3675 void
3676 ldlang_add_require_defined (const char *const name)
3677 {
3678 struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
3679
3680 ldlang_add_undef (name, TRUE);
3681 ptr = stat_alloc (sizeof (*ptr));
3682 ptr->next = require_defined_symbol_list;
3683 ptr->name = strdup (name);
3684 require_defined_symbol_list = ptr;
3685 }
3686
3687 /* Check that all symbols the user required to be defined, are defined,
3688 raise an error if we find a symbol that is not defined. */
3689
3690 static void
3691 ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols (void)
3692 {
3693 struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
3694
3695 for (ptr = require_defined_symbol_list; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
3696 {
3697 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
3698
3699 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, ptr->name,
3700 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
3701 if (h == NULL
3702 || (h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined
3703 && h->type != bfd_link_hash_defweak))
3704 einfo(_("%X%P: required symbol `%s' not defined\n"), ptr->name);
3705 }
3706 }
3707
3708 /* Check for all readonly or some readwrite sections. */
3709
3710 static void
3711 check_input_sections
3712 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
3713 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
3714 {
3715 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3716 {
3717 switch (s->header.type)
3718 {
3719 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3720 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, check_section_callback,
3721 output_section_statement);
3722 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3723 return;
3724 break;
3725 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3726 check_input_sections (constructor_list.head,
3727 output_section_statement);
3728 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3729 return;
3730 break;
3731 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3732 check_input_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
3733 output_section_statement);
3734 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3735 return;
3736 break;
3737 default:
3738 break;
3739 }
3740 }
3741 }
3742
3743 /* Update wildcard statements if needed. */
3744
3745 static void
3746 update_wild_statements (lang_statement_union_type *s)
3747 {
3748 struct wildcard_list *sec;
3749
3750 switch (sort_section)
3751 {
3752 default:
3753 FAIL ();
3754
3755 case none:
3756 break;
3757
3758 case by_name:
3759 case by_alignment:
3760 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3761 {
3762 switch (s->header.type)
3763 {
3764 default:
3765 break;
3766
3767 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3768 for (sec = s->wild_statement.section_list; sec != NULL;
3769 sec = sec->next)
3770 /* Don't sort .init/.fini sections. */
3771 if (strcmp (sec->spec.name, ".init") != 0
3772 && strcmp (sec->spec.name, ".fini") != 0)
3773 switch (sec->spec.sorted)
3774 {
3775 case none:
3776 sec->spec.sorted = sort_section;
3777 break;
3778 case by_name:
3779 if (sort_section == by_alignment)
3780 sec->spec.sorted = by_name_alignment;
3781 break;
3782 case by_alignment:
3783 if (sort_section == by_name)
3784 sec->spec.sorted = by_alignment_name;
3785 break;
3786 default:
3787 break;
3788 }
3789 break;
3790
3791 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3792 update_wild_statements (constructor_list.head);
3793 break;
3794
3795 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3796 update_wild_statements
3797 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
3798 break;
3799
3800 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3801 update_wild_statements (s->group_statement.children.head);
3802 break;
3803 }
3804 }
3805 break;
3806 }
3807 }
3808
3809 /* Open input files and attach to output sections. */
3810
3811 static void
3812 map_input_to_output_sections
3813 (lang_statement_union_type *s, const char *target,
3814 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
3815 {
3816 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3817 {
3818 lang_output_section_statement_type *tos;
3819 flagword flags;
3820
3821 switch (s->header.type)
3822 {
3823 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3824 wild (&s->wild_statement, target, os);
3825 break;
3826 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3827 map_input_to_output_sections (constructor_list.head,
3828 target,
3829 os);
3830 break;
3831 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3832 tos = &s->output_section_statement;
3833 if (tos->constraint != 0)
3834 {
3835 if (tos->constraint != ONLY_IF_RW
3836 && tos->constraint != ONLY_IF_RO)
3837 break;
3838 tos->all_input_readonly = TRUE;
3839 check_input_sections (tos->children.head, tos);
3840 if (tos->all_input_readonly != (tos->constraint == ONLY_IF_RO))
3841 {
3842 tos->constraint = -1;
3843 break;
3844 }
3845 }
3846 map_input_to_output_sections (tos->children.head,
3847 target,
3848 tos);
3849 break;
3850 case lang_output_statement_enum:
3851 break;
3852 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3853 target = s->target_statement.target;
3854 break;
3855 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3856 map_input_to_output_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
3857 target,
3858 os);
3859 break;
3860 case lang_data_statement_enum:
3861 /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the expression
3862 are initialized. */
3863 exp_init_os (s->data_statement.exp);
3864 /* The output section gets CONTENTS, ALLOC and LOAD, but
3865 these may be overridden by the script. */
3866 flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD;
3867 switch (os->sectype)
3868 {
3869 case normal_section:
3870 case overlay_section:
3871 case first_overlay_section:
3872 break;
3873 case noalloc_section:
3874 flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
3875 break;
3876 case noload_section:
3877 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
3878 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
3879 flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC;
3880 else
3881 flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
3882 break;
3883 }
3884 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
3885 init_os (os, flags);
3886 else
3887 os->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
3888 break;
3889 case lang_input_section_enum:
3890 break;
3891 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
3892 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
3893 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
3894 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
3895 case lang_input_statement_enum:
3896 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
3897 init_os (os, 0);
3898 break;
3899 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
3900 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
3901 init_os (os, 0);
3902
3903 /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the assignment
3904 are initialized. */
3905 exp_init_os (s->assignment_statement.exp);
3906 break;
3907 case lang_address_statement_enum:
3908 /* Mark the specified section with the supplied address.
3909 If this section was actually a segment marker, then the
3910 directive is ignored if the linker script explicitly
3911 processed the segment marker. Originally, the linker
3912 treated segment directives (like -Ttext on the
3913 command-line) as section directives. We honor the
3914 section directive semantics for backwards compatibility;
3915 linker scripts that do not specifically check for
3916 SEGMENT_START automatically get the old semantics. */
3917 if (!s->address_statement.segment
3918 || !s->address_statement.segment->used)
3919 {
3920 const char *name = s->address_statement.section_name;
3921
3922 /* Create the output section statement here so that
3923 orphans with a set address will be placed after other
3924 script sections. If we let the orphan placement code
3925 place them in amongst other sections then the address
3926 will affect following script sections, which is
3927 likely to surprise naive users. */
3928 tos = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, 0, TRUE);
3929 tos->addr_tree = s->address_statement.address;
3930 if (tos->bfd_section == NULL)
3931 init_os (tos, 0);
3932 }
3933 break;
3934 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
3935 break;
3936 }
3937 }
3938 }
3939
3940 /* An insert statement snips out all the linker statements from the
3941 start of the list and places them after the output section
3942 statement specified by the insert. This operation is complicated
3943 by the fact that we keep a doubly linked list of output section
3944 statements as well as the singly linked list of all statements.
3945 FIXME someday: Twiddling with the list not only moves statements
3946 from the user's script but also input and group statements that are
3947 built from command line object files and --start-group. We only
3948 get away with this because the list pointers used by file_chain
3949 and input_file_chain are not reordered, and processing via
3950 statement_list after this point mostly ignores input statements.
3951 One exception is the map file, where LOAD and START GROUP/END GROUP
3952 can end up looking odd. */
3953
3954 static void
3955 process_insert_statements (lang_statement_union_type **start)
3956 {
3957 lang_statement_union_type **s;
3958 lang_output_section_statement_type *first_os = NULL;
3959 lang_output_section_statement_type *last_os = NULL;
3960 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
3961
3962 s = start;
3963 while (*s != NULL)
3964 {
3965 if ((*s)->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
3966 {
3967 /* Keep pointers to the first and last output section
3968 statement in the sequence we may be about to move. */
3969 os = &(*s)->output_section_statement;
3970
3971 ASSERT (last_os == NULL || last_os->next == os);
3972 last_os = os;
3973
3974 /* Set constraint negative so that lang_output_section_find
3975 won't match this output section statement. At this
3976 stage in linking constraint has values in the range
3977 [-1, ONLY_IN_RW]. */
3978 last_os->constraint = -2 - last_os->constraint;
3979 if (first_os == NULL)
3980 first_os = last_os;
3981 }
3982 else if ((*s)->header.type == lang_group_statement_enum)
3983 {
3984 /* A user might put -T between --start-group and
3985 --end-group. One way this odd construct might arise is
3986 from a wrapper around ld to change library search
3987 behaviour. For example:
3988 #! /bin/sh
3989 exec real_ld --start-group "$@" --end-group
3990 This isn't completely unreasonable so go looking inside a
3991 group statement for insert statements. */
3992 process_insert_statements (&(*s)->group_statement.children.head);
3993 }
3994 else if ((*s)->header.type == lang_insert_statement_enum)
3995 {
3996 lang_insert_statement_type *i = &(*s)->insert_statement;
3997 lang_output_section_statement_type *where;
3998 lang_statement_union_type **ptr;
3999 lang_statement_union_type *first;
4000
4001 where = lang_output_section_find (i->where);
4002 if (where != NULL && i->is_before)
4003 {
4004 do
4005 where = where->prev;
4006 while (where != NULL && where->constraint < 0);
4007 }
4008 if (where == NULL)
4009 {
4010 einfo (_("%F%P: %s not found for insert\n"), i->where);
4011 return;
4012 }
4013
4014 /* Deal with reordering the output section statement list. */
4015 if (last_os != NULL)
4016 {
4017 asection *first_sec, *last_sec;
4018 struct lang_output_section_statement_struct **next;
4019
4020 /* Snip out the output sections we are moving. */
4021 first_os->prev->next = last_os->next;
4022 if (last_os->next == NULL)
4023 {
4024 next = &first_os->prev->next;
4025 lang_os_list.tail = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
4026 }
4027 else
4028 last_os->next->prev = first_os->prev;
4029 /* Add them in at the new position. */
4030 last_os->next = where->next;
4031 if (where->next == NULL)
4032 {
4033 next = &last_os->next;
4034 lang_os_list.tail = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
4035 }
4036 else
4037 where->next->prev = last_os;
4038 first_os->prev = where;
4039 where->next = first_os;
4040
4041 /* Move the bfd sections in the same way. */
4042 first_sec = NULL;
4043 last_sec = NULL;
4044 for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
4045 {
4046 os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
4047 if (os->bfd_section != NULL
4048 && os->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
4049 {
4050 last_sec = os->bfd_section;
4051 if (first_sec == NULL)
4052 first_sec = last_sec;
4053 }
4054 if (os == last_os)
4055 break;
4056 }
4057 if (last_sec != NULL)
4058 {
4059 asection *sec = where->bfd_section;
4060 if (sec == NULL)
4061 sec = output_prev_sec_find (where);
4062
4063 /* The place we want to insert must come after the
4064 sections we are moving. So if we find no
4065 section or if the section is the same as our
4066 last section, then no move is needed. */
4067 if (sec != NULL && sec != last_sec)
4068 {
4069 /* Trim them off. */
4070 if (first_sec->prev != NULL)
4071 first_sec->prev->next = last_sec->next;
4072 else
4073 link_info.output_bfd->sections = last_sec->next;
4074 if (last_sec->next != NULL)
4075 last_sec->next->prev = first_sec->prev;
4076 else
4077 link_info.output_bfd->section_last = first_sec->prev;
4078 /* Add back. */
4079 last_sec->next = sec->next;
4080 if (sec->next != NULL)
4081 sec->next->prev = last_sec;
4082 else
4083 link_info.output_bfd->section_last = last_sec;
4084 first_sec->prev = sec;
4085 sec->next = first_sec;
4086 }
4087 }
4088
4089 first_os = NULL;
4090 last_os = NULL;
4091 }
4092
4093 ptr = insert_os_after (where);
4094 /* Snip everything from the start of the list, up to and
4095 including the insert statement we are currently processing. */
4096 first = *start;
4097 *start = (*s)->header.next;
4098 /* Add them back where they belong, minus the insert. */
4099 *s = *ptr;
4100 if (*s == NULL)
4101 statement_list.tail = s;
4102 *ptr = first;
4103 s = start;
4104 continue;
4105 }
4106 s = &(*s)->header.next;
4107 }
4108
4109 /* Undo constraint twiddling. */
4110 for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
4111 {
4112 os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
4113 if (os == last_os)
4114 break;
4115 }
4116 }
4117
4118 /* An output section might have been removed after its statement was
4119 added. For example, ldemul_before_allocation can remove dynamic
4120 sections if they turn out to be not needed. Clean them up here. */
4121
4122 void
4123 strip_excluded_output_sections (void)
4124 {
4125 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4126
4127 /* Run lang_size_sections (if not already done). */
4128 if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
4129 {
4130 expld.phase = lang_mark_phase_enum;
4131 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
4132 one_lang_size_sections_pass (NULL, FALSE);
4133 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
4134 }
4135
4136 for (os = &lang_os_list.head->output_section_statement;
4137 os != NULL;
4138 os = os->next)
4139 {
4140 asection *output_section;
4141 bfd_boolean exclude;
4142
4143 if (os->constraint < 0)
4144 continue;
4145
4146 output_section = os->bfd_section;
4147 if (output_section == NULL)
4148 continue;
4149
4150 exclude = (output_section->rawsize == 0
4151 && (output_section->flags & SEC_KEEP) == 0
4152 && !bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
4153 output_section));
4154
4155 /* Some sections have not yet been sized, notably .gnu.version,
4156 .dynsym, .dynstr and .hash. These all have SEC_LINKER_CREATED
4157 input sections, so don't drop output sections that have such
4158 input sections unless they are also marked SEC_EXCLUDE. */
4159 if (exclude && output_section->map_head.s != NULL)
4160 {
4161 asection *s;
4162
4163 for (s = output_section->map_head.s; s != NULL; s = s->map_head.s)
4164 if ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
4165 && ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
4166 || link_info.emitrelocations))
4167 {
4168 exclude = FALSE;
4169 break;
4170 }
4171 }
4172
4173 if (exclude)
4174 {
4175 /* We don't set bfd_section to NULL since bfd_section of the
4176 removed output section statement may still be used. */
4177 if (!os->update_dot)
4178 os->ignored = TRUE;
4179 output_section->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
4180 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, output_section);
4181 link_info.output_bfd->section_count--;
4182 }
4183 }
4184 }
4185
4186 /* Called from ldwrite to clear out asection.map_head and
4187 asection.map_tail for use as link_orders in ldwrite. */
4188
4189 void
4190 lang_clear_os_map (void)
4191 {
4192 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4193
4194 if (map_head_is_link_order)
4195 return;
4196
4197 for (os = &lang_os_list.head->output_section_statement;
4198 os != NULL;
4199 os = os->next)
4200 {
4201 asection *output_section;
4202
4203 if (os->constraint < 0)
4204 continue;
4205
4206 output_section = os->bfd_section;
4207 if (output_section == NULL)
4208 continue;
4209
4210 /* TODO: Don't just junk map_head.s, turn them into link_orders. */
4211 output_section->map_head.link_order = NULL;
4212 output_section->map_tail.link_order = NULL;
4213 }
4214
4215 /* Stop future calls to lang_add_section from messing with map_head
4216 and map_tail link_order fields. */
4217 map_head_is_link_order = TRUE;
4218 }
4219
4220 static void
4221 print_output_section_statement
4222 (lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
4223 {
4224 asection *section = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
4225 int len;
4226
4227 if (output_section_statement != abs_output_section)
4228 {
4229 minfo ("\n%s", output_section_statement->name);
4230
4231 if (section != NULL)
4232 {
4233 print_dot = section->vma;
4234
4235 len = strlen (output_section_statement->name);
4236 if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
4237 {
4238 print_nl ();
4239 len = 0;
4240 }
4241 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4242 {
4243 print_space ();
4244 ++len;
4245 }
4246
4247 minfo ("0x%V %W", section->vma, TO_ADDR (section->size));
4248
4249 if (section->vma != section->lma)
4250 minfo (_(" load address 0x%V"), section->lma);
4251
4252 if (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree != NULL)
4253 exp_fold_tree (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree,
4254 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &print_dot);
4255 }
4256
4257 print_nl ();
4258 }
4259
4260 print_statement_list (output_section_statement->children.head,
4261 output_section_statement);
4262 }
4263
4264 static void
4265 print_assignment (lang_assignment_statement_type *assignment,
4266 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section)
4267 {
4268 unsigned int i;
4269 bfd_boolean is_dot;
4270 etree_type *tree;
4271 asection *osec;
4272
4273 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4274 print_space ();
4275
4276 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert)
4277 {
4278 is_dot = FALSE;
4279 tree = assignment->exp->assert_s.child;
4280 }
4281 else
4282 {
4283 const char *dst = assignment->exp->assign.dst;
4284
4285 is_dot = (dst[0] == '.' && dst[1] == 0);
4286 tree = assignment->exp;
4287 }
4288
4289 osec = output_section->bfd_section;
4290 if (osec == NULL)
4291 osec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
4292
4293 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class != etree_provide)
4294 exp_fold_tree (tree, osec, &print_dot);
4295 else
4296 expld.result.valid_p = FALSE;
4297
4298 if (expld.result.valid_p)
4299 {
4300 bfd_vma value;
4301
4302 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert
4303 || is_dot
4304 || expld.assign_name != NULL)
4305 {
4306 value = expld.result.value;
4307
4308 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
4309 value += expld.result.section->vma;
4310
4311 minfo ("0x%V", value);
4312 if (is_dot)
4313 print_dot = value;
4314 }
4315 else
4316 {
4317 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
4318
4319 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, assignment->exp->assign.dst,
4320 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
4321 if (h != NULL
4322 && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4323 || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
4324 {
4325 value = h->u.def.value;
4326 value += h->u.def.section->output_section->vma;
4327 value += h->u.def.section->output_offset;
4328
4329 minfo ("[0x%V]", value);
4330 }
4331 else
4332 minfo ("[unresolved]");
4333 }
4334 }
4335 else
4336 {
4337 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_provide)
4338 minfo ("[!provide]");
4339 else
4340 minfo ("*undef* ");
4341 #ifdef BFD64
4342 minfo (" ");
4343 #endif
4344 }
4345 expld.assign_name = NULL;
4346
4347 minfo (" ");
4348 exp_print_tree (assignment->exp);
4349 print_nl ();
4350 }
4351
4352 static void
4353 print_input_statement (lang_input_statement_type *statm)
4354 {
4355 if (statm->filename != NULL)
4356 fprintf (config.map_file, "LOAD %s\n", statm->filename);
4357 }
4358
4359 /* Print all symbols defined in a particular section. This is called
4360 via bfd_link_hash_traverse, or by print_all_symbols. */
4361
4362 static bfd_boolean
4363 print_one_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry, void *ptr)
4364 {
4365 asection *sec = (asection *) ptr;
4366
4367 if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4368 || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4369 && sec == hash_entry->u.def.section)
4370 {
4371 int i;
4372
4373 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4374 print_space ();
4375 minfo ("0x%V ",
4376 (hash_entry->u.def.value
4377 + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_offset
4378 + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_section->vma));
4379
4380 minfo (" %pT\n", hash_entry->root.string);
4381 }
4382
4383 return TRUE;
4384 }
4385
4386 static int
4387 hash_entry_addr_cmp (const void *a, const void *b)
4388 {
4389 const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *l = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)a;
4390 const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *r = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)b;
4391
4392 if (l->u.def.value < r->u.def.value)
4393 return -1;
4394 else if (l->u.def.value > r->u.def.value)
4395 return 1;
4396 else
4397 return 0;
4398 }
4399
4400 static void
4401 print_all_symbols (asection *sec)
4402 {
4403 input_section_userdata_type *ud
4404 = (input_section_userdata_type *) get_userdata (sec);
4405 struct map_symbol_def *def;
4406 struct bfd_link_hash_entry **entries;
4407 unsigned int i;
4408
4409 if (!ud)
4410 return;
4411
4412 *ud->map_symbol_def_tail = 0;
4413
4414 /* Sort the symbols by address. */
4415 entries = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)
4416 obstack_alloc (&map_obstack,
4417 ud->map_symbol_def_count * sizeof (*entries));
4418
4419 for (i = 0, def = ud->map_symbol_def_head; def; def = def->next, i++)
4420 entries[i] = def->entry;
4421
4422 qsort (entries, ud->map_symbol_def_count, sizeof (*entries),
4423 hash_entry_addr_cmp);
4424
4425 /* Print the symbols. */
4426 for (i = 0; i < ud->map_symbol_def_count; i++)
4427 print_one_symbol (entries[i], sec);
4428
4429 obstack_free (&map_obstack, entries);
4430 }
4431
4432 /* Print information about an input section to the map file. */
4433
4434 static void
4435 print_input_section (asection *i, bfd_boolean is_discarded)
4436 {
4437 bfd_size_type size = i->size;
4438 int len;
4439 bfd_vma addr;
4440
4441 init_opb ();
4442
4443 print_space ();
4444 minfo ("%s", i->name);
4445
4446 len = 1 + strlen (i->name);
4447 if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
4448 {
4449 print_nl ();
4450 len = 0;
4451 }
4452 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4453 {
4454 print_space ();
4455 ++len;
4456 }
4457
4458 if (i->output_section != NULL
4459 && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4460 addr = i->output_section->vma + i->output_offset;
4461 else
4462 {
4463 addr = print_dot;
4464 if (!is_discarded)
4465 size = 0;
4466 }
4467
4468 minfo ("0x%V %W %pB\n", addr, size, i->owner);
4469
4470 if (size != i->rawsize && i->rawsize != 0)
4471 {
4472 len = SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH + 3;
4473 #ifdef BFD64
4474 len += 16;
4475 #else
4476 len += 8;
4477 #endif
4478 while (len > 0)
4479 {
4480 print_space ();
4481 --len;
4482 }
4483
4484 minfo (_("%W (size before relaxing)\n"), i->rawsize);
4485 }
4486
4487 if (i->output_section != NULL
4488 && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4489 {
4490 if (link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
4491 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, print_one_symbol, i);
4492 else
4493 print_all_symbols (i);
4494
4495 /* Update print_dot, but make sure that we do not move it
4496 backwards - this could happen if we have overlays and a
4497 later overlay is shorter than an earier one. */
4498 if (addr + TO_ADDR (size) > print_dot)
4499 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4500 }
4501 }
4502
4503 static void
4504 print_fill_statement (lang_fill_statement_type *fill)
4505 {
4506 size_t size;
4507 unsigned char *p;
4508 fputs (" FILL mask 0x", config.map_file);
4509 for (p = fill->fill->data, size = fill->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
4510 fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
4511 fputs ("\n", config.map_file);
4512 }
4513
4514 static void
4515 print_data_statement (lang_data_statement_type *data)
4516 {
4517 int i;
4518 bfd_vma addr;
4519 bfd_size_type size;
4520 const char *name;
4521
4522 init_opb ();
4523 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4524 print_space ();
4525
4526 addr = data->output_offset;
4527 if (data->output_section != NULL)
4528 addr += data->output_section->vma;
4529
4530 switch (data->type)
4531 {
4532 default:
4533 abort ();
4534 case BYTE:
4535 size = BYTE_SIZE;
4536 name = "BYTE";
4537 break;
4538 case SHORT:
4539 size = SHORT_SIZE;
4540 name = "SHORT";
4541 break;
4542 case LONG:
4543 size = LONG_SIZE;
4544 name = "LONG";
4545 break;
4546 case QUAD:
4547 size = QUAD_SIZE;
4548 name = "QUAD";
4549 break;
4550 case SQUAD:
4551 size = QUAD_SIZE;
4552 name = "SQUAD";
4553 break;
4554 }
4555
4556 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
4557 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
4558 minfo ("0x%V %W %s 0x%v", addr, TO_ADDR (size), name, data->value);
4559
4560 if (data->exp->type.node_class != etree_value)
4561 {
4562 print_space ();
4563 exp_print_tree (data->exp);
4564 }
4565
4566 print_nl ();
4567
4568 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4569 }
4570
4571 /* Print an address statement. These are generated by options like
4572 -Ttext. */
4573
4574 static void
4575 print_address_statement (lang_address_statement_type *address)
4576 {
4577 minfo (_("Address of section %s set to "), address->section_name);
4578 exp_print_tree (address->address);
4579 print_nl ();
4580 }
4581
4582 /* Print a reloc statement. */
4583
4584 static void
4585 print_reloc_statement (lang_reloc_statement_type *reloc)
4586 {
4587 int i;
4588 bfd_vma addr;
4589 bfd_size_type size;
4590
4591 init_opb ();
4592 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4593 print_space ();
4594
4595 addr = reloc->output_offset;
4596 if (reloc->output_section != NULL)
4597 addr += reloc->output_section->vma;
4598
4599 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc->howto);
4600
4601 minfo ("0x%V %W RELOC %s ", addr, TO_ADDR (size), reloc->howto->name);
4602
4603 if (reloc->name != NULL)
4604 minfo ("%s+", reloc->name);
4605 else
4606 minfo ("%s+", reloc->section->name);
4607
4608 exp_print_tree (reloc->addend_exp);
4609
4610 print_nl ();
4611
4612 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4613 }
4614
4615 static void
4616 print_padding_statement (lang_padding_statement_type *s)
4617 {
4618 int len;
4619 bfd_vma addr;
4620
4621 init_opb ();
4622 minfo (" *fill*");
4623
4624 len = sizeof " *fill*" - 1;
4625 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4626 {
4627 print_space ();
4628 ++len;
4629 }
4630
4631 addr = s->output_offset;
4632 if (s->output_section != NULL)
4633 addr += s->output_section->vma;
4634 minfo ("0x%V %W ", addr, TO_ADDR (s->size));
4635
4636 if (s->fill->size != 0)
4637 {
4638 size_t size;
4639 unsigned char *p;
4640 for (p = s->fill->data, size = s->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
4641 fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
4642 }
4643
4644 print_nl ();
4645
4646 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (s->size);
4647 }
4648
4649 static void
4650 print_wild_statement (lang_wild_statement_type *w,
4651 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4652 {
4653 struct wildcard_list *sec;
4654
4655 print_space ();
4656
4657 if (w->exclude_name_list)
4658 {
4659 name_list *tmp;
4660 minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", w->exclude_name_list->name);
4661 for (tmp = w->exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
4662 minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
4663 minfo (") ");
4664 }
4665
4666 if (w->filenames_sorted)
4667 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
4668 if (w->filename != NULL)
4669 minfo ("%s", w->filename);
4670 else
4671 minfo ("*");
4672 if (w->filenames_sorted)
4673 minfo (")");
4674
4675 minfo ("(");
4676 for (sec = w->section_list; sec; sec = sec->next)
4677 {
4678 int closing_paren = 0;
4679
4680 switch (sec->spec.sorted)
4681 {
4682 case none:
4683 break;
4684
4685 case by_name:
4686 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
4687 closing_paren = 1;
4688 break;
4689
4690 case by_alignment:
4691 minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
4692 closing_paren = 1;
4693 break;
4694
4695 case by_name_alignment:
4696 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
4697 closing_paren = 2;
4698 break;
4699
4700 case by_alignment_name:
4701 minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(SORT_BY_NAME(");
4702 closing_paren = 2;
4703 break;
4704
4705 case by_none:
4706 minfo ("SORT_NONE(");
4707 closing_paren = 1;
4708 break;
4709
4710 case by_init_priority:
4711 minfo ("SORT_BY_INIT_PRIORITY(");
4712 closing_paren = 1;
4713 break;
4714 }
4715
4716 if (sec->spec.exclude_name_list != NULL)
4717 {
4718 name_list *tmp;
4719 minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", sec->spec.exclude_name_list->name);
4720 for (tmp = sec->spec.exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
4721 minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
4722 minfo (") ");
4723 }
4724 if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
4725 minfo ("%s", sec->spec.name);
4726 else
4727 minfo ("*");
4728 for (;closing_paren > 0; closing_paren--)
4729 minfo (")");
4730 if (sec->next)
4731 minfo (" ");
4732 }
4733 minfo (")");
4734
4735 print_nl ();
4736
4737 print_statement_list (w->children.head, os);
4738 }
4739
4740 /* Print a group statement. */
4741
4742 static void
4743 print_group (lang_group_statement_type *s,
4744 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4745 {
4746 fprintf (config.map_file, "START GROUP\n");
4747 print_statement_list (s->children.head, os);
4748 fprintf (config.map_file, "END GROUP\n");
4749 }
4750
4751 /* Print the list of statements in S.
4752 This can be called for any statement type. */
4753
4754 static void
4755 print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4756 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4757 {
4758 while (s != NULL)
4759 {
4760 print_statement (s, os);
4761 s = s->header.next;
4762 }
4763 }
4764
4765 /* Print the first statement in statement list S.
4766 This can be called for any statement type. */
4767
4768 static void
4769 print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4770 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4771 {
4772 switch (s->header.type)
4773 {
4774 default:
4775 fprintf (config.map_file, _("Fail with %d\n"), s->header.type);
4776 FAIL ();
4777 break;
4778 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
4779 if (constructor_list.head != NULL)
4780 {
4781 if (constructors_sorted)
4782 minfo (" SORT (CONSTRUCTORS)\n");
4783 else
4784 minfo (" CONSTRUCTORS\n");
4785 print_statement_list (constructor_list.head, os);
4786 }
4787 break;
4788 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
4789 print_wild_statement (&s->wild_statement, os);
4790 break;
4791 case lang_address_statement_enum:
4792 print_address_statement (&s->address_statement);
4793 break;
4794 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
4795 minfo (" CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS\n");
4796 break;
4797 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
4798 print_fill_statement (&s->fill_statement);
4799 break;
4800 case lang_data_statement_enum:
4801 print_data_statement (&s->data_statement);
4802 break;
4803 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
4804 print_reloc_statement (&s->reloc_statement);
4805 break;
4806 case lang_input_section_enum:
4807 print_input_section (s->input_section.section, FALSE);
4808 break;
4809 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
4810 print_padding_statement (&s->padding_statement);
4811 break;
4812 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
4813 print_output_section_statement (&s->output_section_statement);
4814 break;
4815 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
4816 print_assignment (&s->assignment_statement, os);
4817 break;
4818 case lang_target_statement_enum:
4819 fprintf (config.map_file, "TARGET(%s)\n", s->target_statement.target);
4820 break;
4821 case lang_output_statement_enum:
4822 minfo ("OUTPUT(%s", s->output_statement.name);
4823 if (output_target != NULL)
4824 minfo (" %s", output_target);
4825 minfo (")\n");
4826 break;
4827 case lang_input_statement_enum:
4828 print_input_statement (&s->input_statement);
4829 break;
4830 case lang_group_statement_enum:
4831 print_group (&s->group_statement, os);
4832 break;
4833 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
4834 minfo ("INSERT %s %s\n",
4835 s->insert_statement.is_before ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER",
4836 s->insert_statement.where);
4837 break;
4838 }
4839 }
4840
4841 static void
4842 print_statements (void)
4843 {
4844 print_statement_list (statement_list.head, abs_output_section);
4845 }
4846
4847 /* Print the first N statements in statement list S to STDERR.
4848 If N == 0, nothing is printed.
4849 If N < 0, the entire list is printed.
4850 Intended to be called from GDB. */
4851
4852 void
4853 dprint_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s, int n)
4854 {
4855 FILE *map_save = config.map_file;
4856
4857 config.map_file = stderr;
4858
4859 if (n < 0)
4860 print_statement_list (s, abs_output_section);
4861 else
4862 {
4863 while (s && --n >= 0)
4864 {
4865 print_statement (s, abs_output_section);
4866 s = s->header.next;
4867 }
4868 }
4869
4870 config.map_file = map_save;
4871 }
4872
4873 static void
4874 insert_pad (lang_statement_union_type **ptr,
4875 fill_type *fill,
4876 bfd_size_type alignment_needed,
4877 asection *output_section,
4878 bfd_vma dot)
4879 {
4880 static fill_type zero_fill;
4881 lang_statement_union_type *pad = NULL;
4882
4883 if (ptr != &statement_list.head)
4884 pad = ((lang_statement_union_type *)
4885 ((char *) ptr - offsetof (lang_statement_union_type, header.next)));
4886 if (pad != NULL
4887 && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
4888 && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
4889 {
4890 /* Use the existing pad statement. */
4891 }
4892 else if ((pad = *ptr) != NULL
4893 && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
4894 && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
4895 {
4896 /* Use the existing pad statement. */
4897 }
4898 else
4899 {
4900 /* Make a new padding statement, linked into existing chain. */
4901 pad = stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_padding_statement_type));
4902 pad->header.next = *ptr;
4903 *ptr = pad;
4904 pad->header.type = lang_padding_statement_enum;
4905 pad->padding_statement.output_section = output_section;
4906 if (fill == NULL)
4907 fill = &zero_fill;
4908 pad->padding_statement.fill = fill;
4909 }
4910 pad->padding_statement.output_offset = dot - output_section->vma;
4911 pad->padding_statement.size = alignment_needed;
4912 if (!(output_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
4913 output_section->size = TO_SIZE (dot + TO_ADDR (alignment_needed)
4914 - output_section->vma);
4915 }
4916
4917 /* Work out how much this section will move the dot point. */
4918
4919 static bfd_vma
4920 size_input_section
4921 (lang_statement_union_type **this_ptr,
4922 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
4923 fill_type *fill,
4924 bfd_vma dot)
4925 {
4926 lang_input_section_type *is = &((*this_ptr)->input_section);
4927 asection *i = is->section;
4928 asection *o = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
4929
4930 if (i->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS)
4931 i->output_offset = i->vma - o->vma;
4932 else if (((i->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
4933 || output_section_statement->ignored)
4934 i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
4935 else
4936 {
4937 bfd_size_type alignment_needed;
4938
4939 /* Align this section first to the input sections requirement,
4940 then to the output section's requirement. If this alignment
4941 is greater than any seen before, then record it too. Perform
4942 the alignment by inserting a magic 'padding' statement. */
4943
4944 if (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment != NULL)
4945 i->alignment_power
4946 = exp_get_power (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment,
4947 "subsection alignment");
4948
4949 if (o->alignment_power < i->alignment_power)
4950 o->alignment_power = i->alignment_power;
4951
4952 alignment_needed = align_power (dot, i->alignment_power) - dot;
4953
4954 if (alignment_needed != 0)
4955 {
4956 insert_pad (this_ptr, fill, TO_SIZE (alignment_needed), o, dot);
4957 dot += alignment_needed;
4958 }
4959
4960 /* Remember where in the output section this input section goes. */
4961 i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
4962
4963 /* Mark how big the output section must be to contain this now. */
4964 dot += TO_ADDR (i->size);
4965 if (!(o->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
4966 o->size = TO_SIZE (dot - o->vma);
4967 }
4968
4969 return dot;
4970 }
4971
4972 struct check_sec
4973 {
4974 asection *sec;
4975 bfd_boolean warned;
4976 };
4977
4978 static int
4979 sort_sections_by_lma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
4980 {
4981 const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
4982 const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
4983
4984 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
4985 return -1;
4986 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
4987 return 1;
4988 else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
4989 return -1;
4990 else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
4991 return 1;
4992
4993 return 0;
4994 }
4995
4996 static int
4997 sort_sections_by_vma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
4998 {
4999 const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
5000 const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
5001
5002 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
5003 return -1;
5004 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
5005 return 1;
5006 else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
5007 return -1;
5008 else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
5009 return 1;
5010
5011 return 0;
5012 }
5013
5014 #define IS_TBSS(s) \
5015 ((s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
5016
5017 #define IGNORE_SECTION(s) \
5018 ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 || IS_TBSS (s))
5019
5020 /* Check to see if any allocated sections overlap with other allocated
5021 sections. This can happen if a linker script specifies the output
5022 section addresses of the two sections. Also check whether any memory
5023 region has overflowed. */
5024
5025 static void
5026 lang_check_section_addresses (void)
5027 {
5028 asection *s, *p;
5029 struct check_sec *sections;
5030 size_t i, count;
5031 bfd_vma addr_mask;
5032 bfd_vma s_start;
5033 bfd_vma s_end;
5034 bfd_vma p_start = 0;
5035 bfd_vma p_end = 0;
5036 lang_memory_region_type *m;
5037 bfd_boolean overlays;
5038
5039 /* Detect address space overflow on allocated sections. */
5040 addr_mask = ((bfd_vma) 1 <<
5041 (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (link_info.output_bfd) - 1)) - 1;
5042 addr_mask = (addr_mask << 1) + 1;
5043 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5044 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5045 {
5046 s_end = (s->vma + s->size) & addr_mask;
5047 if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->vma & addr_mask))
5048 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA wraps around address space\n"),
5049 s->name);
5050 else
5051 {
5052 s_end = (s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask;
5053 if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->lma & addr_mask))
5054 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA wraps around address space\n"),
5055 s->name);
5056 }
5057 }
5058
5059 if (bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd) <= 1)
5060 return;
5061
5062 count = bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd);
5063 sections = XNEWVEC (struct check_sec, count);
5064
5065 /* Scan all sections in the output list. */
5066 count = 0;
5067 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5068 {
5069 if (IGNORE_SECTION (s)
5070 || s->size == 0)
5071 continue;
5072
5073 sections[count].sec = s;
5074 sections[count].warned = FALSE;
5075 count++;
5076 }
5077
5078 if (count <= 1)
5079 {
5080 free (sections);
5081 return;
5082 }
5083
5084 qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_lma);
5085
5086 /* First check section LMAs. There should be no overlap of LMAs on
5087 loadable sections, even with overlays. */
5088 for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
5089 {
5090 s = sections[i].sec;
5091 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
5092 {
5093 s_start = s->lma;
5094 s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
5095
5096 /* Look for an overlap. We have sorted sections by lma, so
5097 we know that s_start >= p_start. Besides the obvious
5098 case of overlap when the current section starts before
5099 the previous one ends, we also must have overlap if the
5100 previous section wraps around the address space. */
5101 if (p != NULL
5102 && (s_start <= p_end
5103 || p_end < p_start))
5104 {
5105 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA [%V,%V]"
5106 " overlaps section %s LMA [%V,%V]\n"),
5107 s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
5108 sections[i].warned = TRUE;
5109 }
5110 p = s;
5111 p_start = s_start;
5112 p_end = s_end;
5113 }
5114 }
5115
5116 /* If any non-zero size allocated section (excluding tbss) starts at
5117 exactly the same VMA as another such section, then we have
5118 overlays. Overlays generated by the OVERLAY keyword will have
5119 this property. It is possible to intentionally generate overlays
5120 that fail this test, but it would be unusual. */
5121 qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_vma);
5122 overlays = FALSE;
5123 p_start = sections[0].sec->vma;
5124 for (i = 1; i < count; i++)
5125 {
5126 s_start = sections[i].sec->vma;
5127 if (p_start == s_start)
5128 {
5129 overlays = TRUE;
5130 break;
5131 }
5132 p_start = s_start;
5133 }
5134
5135 /* Now check section VMAs if no overlays were detected. */
5136 if (!overlays)
5137 {
5138 for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
5139 {
5140 s = sections[i].sec;
5141 s_start = s->vma;
5142 s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
5143
5144 if (p != NULL
5145 && !sections[i].warned
5146 && (s_start <= p_end
5147 || p_end < p_start))
5148 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA [%V,%V]"
5149 " overlaps section %s VMA [%V,%V]\n"),
5150 s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
5151 p = s;
5152 p_start = s_start;
5153 p_end = s_end;
5154 }
5155 }
5156
5157 free (sections);
5158
5159 /* If any memory region has overflowed, report by how much.
5160 We do not issue this diagnostic for regions that had sections
5161 explicitly placed outside their bounds; os_region_check's
5162 diagnostics are adequate for that case.
5163
5164 FIXME: It is conceivable that m->current - (m->origin + m->length)
5165 might overflow a 32-bit integer. There is, alas, no way to print
5166 a bfd_vma quantity in decimal. */
5167 for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m; m = m->next)
5168 if (m->had_full_message)
5169 {
5170 unsigned long over = m->current - (m->origin + m->length);
5171 einfo (ngettext ("%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu byte\n",
5172 "%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu bytes\n",
5173 over),
5174 m->name_list.name, over);
5175 }
5176 }
5177
5178 /* Make sure the new address is within the region. We explicitly permit the
5179 current address to be at the exact end of the region when the address is
5180 non-zero, in case the region is at the end of addressable memory and the
5181 calculation wraps around. */
5182
5183 static void
5184 os_region_check (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
5185 lang_memory_region_type *region,
5186 etree_type *tree,
5187 bfd_vma rbase)
5188 {
5189 if ((region->current < region->origin
5190 || (region->current - region->origin > region->length))
5191 && ((region->current != region->origin + region->length)
5192 || rbase == 0))
5193 {
5194 if (tree != NULL)
5195 {
5196 einfo (_("%X%P: address 0x%v of %pB section `%s'"
5197 " is not within region `%s'\n"),
5198 region->current,
5199 os->bfd_section->owner,
5200 os->bfd_section->name,
5201 region->name_list.name);
5202 }
5203 else if (!region->had_full_message)
5204 {
5205 region->had_full_message = TRUE;
5206
5207 einfo (_("%X%P: %pB section `%s' will not fit in region `%s'\n"),
5208 os->bfd_section->owner,
5209 os->bfd_section->name,
5210 region->name_list.name);
5211 }
5212 }
5213 }
5214
5215 static void
5216 ldlang_check_relro_region (lang_statement_union_type *s,
5217 seg_align_type *seg)
5218 {
5219 if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_start)
5220 {
5221 if (!seg->relro_start_stat)
5222 seg->relro_start_stat = s;
5223 else
5224 {
5225 ASSERT (seg->relro_start_stat == s);
5226 }
5227 }
5228 else if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_end)
5229 {
5230 if (!seg->relro_end_stat)
5231 seg->relro_end_stat = s;
5232 else
5233 {
5234 ASSERT (seg->relro_end_stat == s);
5235 }
5236 }
5237 }
5238
5239 /* Set the sizes for all the output sections. */
5240
5241 static bfd_vma
5242 lang_size_sections_1
5243 (lang_statement_union_type **prev,
5244 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
5245 fill_type *fill,
5246 bfd_vma dot,
5247 bfd_boolean *relax,
5248 bfd_boolean check_regions)
5249 {
5250 lang_statement_union_type *s;
5251
5252 /* Size up the sections from their constituent parts. */
5253 for (s = *prev; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
5254 {
5255 switch (s->header.type)
5256 {
5257 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
5258 {
5259 bfd_vma newdot, after, dotdelta;
5260 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
5261 lang_memory_region_type *r;
5262 int section_alignment = 0;
5263
5264 os = &s->output_section_statement;
5265 if (os->constraint == -1)
5266 break;
5267
5268 /* FIXME: We shouldn't need to zero section vmas for ld -r
5269 here, in lang_insert_orphan, or in the default linker scripts.
5270 This is covering for coff backend linker bugs. See PR6945. */
5271 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
5272 && bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5273 && (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5274 == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
5275 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
5276 if (os->addr_tree != NULL)
5277 {
5278 os->processed_vma = FALSE;
5279 exp_fold_tree (os->addr_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5280
5281 if (expld.result.valid_p)
5282 {
5283 dot = expld.result.value;
5284 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
5285 dot += expld.result.section->vma;
5286 }
5287 else if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5288 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: non constant or forward reference"
5289 " address expression for section %s\n"),
5290 os->addr_tree, os->name);
5291 }
5292
5293 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
5294 /* This section was removed or never actually created. */
5295 break;
5296
5297 /* If this is a COFF shared library section, use the size and
5298 address from the input section. FIXME: This is COFF
5299 specific; it would be cleaner if there were some other way
5300 to do this, but nothing simple comes to mind. */
5301 if (((bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5302 == bfd_target_ecoff_flavour)
5303 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5304 == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
5305 && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_COFF_SHARED_LIBRARY) != 0)
5306 {
5307 asection *input;
5308
5309 if (os->children.head == NULL
5310 || os->children.head->header.next != NULL
5311 || (os->children.head->header.type
5312 != lang_input_section_enum))
5313 einfo (_("%X%P: internal error on COFF shared library"
5314 " section %s\n"), os->name);
5315
5316 input = os->children.head->input_section.section;
5317 bfd_set_section_vma (os->bfd_section->owner,
5318 os->bfd_section,
5319 bfd_section_vma (input->owner, input));
5320 if (!(os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5321 os->bfd_section->size = input->size;
5322 break;
5323 }
5324
5325 newdot = dot;
5326 dotdelta = 0;
5327 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section))
5328 {
5329 /* No matter what happens, an abs section starts at zero. */
5330 ASSERT (os->bfd_section->vma == 0);
5331 }
5332 else
5333 {
5334 if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
5335 {
5336 /* No address specified for this section, get one
5337 from the region specification. */
5338 if (os->region == NULL
5339 || ((os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
5340 && os->region->name_list.name[0] == '*'
5341 && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
5342 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0))
5343 {
5344 os->region = lang_memory_default (os->bfd_section);
5345 }
5346
5347 /* If a loadable section is using the default memory
5348 region, and some non default memory regions were
5349 defined, issue an error message. */
5350 if (!os->ignored
5351 && !IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
5352 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5353 && check_regions
5354 && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
5355 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
5356 && lang_memory_region_list != NULL
5357 && (strcmp (lang_memory_region_list->name_list.name,
5358 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) != 0
5359 || lang_memory_region_list->next != NULL)
5360 && expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5361 {
5362 /* By default this is an error rather than just a
5363 warning because if we allocate the section to the
5364 default memory region we can end up creating an
5365 excessively large binary, or even seg faulting when
5366 attempting to perform a negative seek. See
5367 sources.redhat.com/ml/binutils/2003-04/msg00423.html
5368 for an example of this. This behaviour can be
5369 overridden by the using the --no-check-sections
5370 switch. */
5371 if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
5372 einfo (_("%F%P: error: no memory region specified"
5373 " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
5374 bfd_get_section_name (link_info.output_bfd,
5375 os->bfd_section));
5376 else
5377 einfo (_("%P: warning: no memory region specified"
5378 " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
5379 bfd_get_section_name (link_info.output_bfd,
5380 os->bfd_section));
5381 }
5382
5383 newdot = os->region->current;
5384 section_alignment = os->bfd_section->alignment_power;
5385 }
5386 else
5387 section_alignment = exp_get_power (os->section_alignment,
5388 "section alignment");
5389
5390 /* Align to what the section needs. */
5391 if (section_alignment > 0)
5392 {
5393 bfd_vma savedot = newdot;
5394 newdot = align_power (newdot, section_alignment);
5395
5396 dotdelta = newdot - savedot;
5397 if (dotdelta != 0
5398 && (config.warn_section_align
5399 || os->addr_tree != NULL)
5400 && expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5401 einfo (ngettext ("%P: warning: changing start of "
5402 "section %s by %lu byte\n",
5403 "%P: warning: changing start of "
5404 "section %s by %lu bytes\n",
5405 (unsigned long) dotdelta),
5406 os->name, (unsigned long) dotdelta);
5407 }
5408
5409 bfd_set_section_vma (0, os->bfd_section, newdot);
5410
5411 os->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
5412 }
5413
5414 lang_size_sections_1 (&os->children.head, os,
5415 os->fill, newdot, relax, check_regions);
5416
5417 os->processed_vma = TRUE;
5418
5419 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
5420 /* Except for some special linker created sections,
5421 no output section should change from zero size
5422 after strip_excluded_output_sections. A non-zero
5423 size on an ignored section indicates that some
5424 input section was not sized early enough. */
5425 ASSERT (os->bfd_section->size == 0);
5426 else
5427 {
5428 dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
5429
5430 /* Put the section within the requested block size, or
5431 align at the block boundary. */
5432 after = ((dot
5433 + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size)
5434 + os->block_value - 1)
5435 & - (bfd_vma) os->block_value);
5436
5437 if (!(os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5438 os->bfd_section->size = TO_SIZE (after
5439 - os->bfd_section->vma);
5440 }
5441
5442 /* Set section lma. */
5443 r = os->region;
5444 if (r == NULL)
5445 r = lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, FALSE);
5446
5447 if (os->load_base)
5448 {
5449 bfd_vma lma = exp_get_abs_int (os->load_base, 0, "load base");
5450 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5451 }
5452 else if (os->lma_region != NULL)
5453 {
5454 bfd_vma lma = os->lma_region->current;
5455
5456 if (os->align_lma_with_input)
5457 lma += dotdelta;
5458 else
5459 {
5460 /* When LMA_REGION is the same as REGION, align the LMA
5461 as we did for the VMA, possibly including alignment
5462 from the bfd section. If a different region, then
5463 only align according to the value in the output
5464 statement. */
5465 if (os->lma_region != os->region)
5466 section_alignment = exp_get_power (os->section_alignment,
5467 "section alignment");
5468 if (section_alignment > 0)
5469 lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
5470 }
5471 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5472 }
5473 else if (r->last_os != NULL
5474 && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5475 {
5476 bfd_vma lma;
5477 asection *last;
5478
5479 last = r->last_os->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
5480
5481 /* A backwards move of dot should be accompanied by
5482 an explicit assignment to the section LMA (ie.
5483 os->load_base set) because backwards moves can
5484 create overlapping LMAs. */
5485 if (dot < last->vma
5486 && os->bfd_section->size != 0
5487 && dot + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size) <= last->vma)
5488 {
5489 /* If dot moved backwards then leave lma equal to
5490 vma. This is the old default lma, which might
5491 just happen to work when the backwards move is
5492 sufficiently large. Nag if this changes anything,
5493 so people can fix their linker scripts. */
5494
5495 if (last->vma != last->lma)
5496 einfo (_("%P: warning: dot moved backwards "
5497 "before `%s'\n"), os->name);
5498 }
5499 else
5500 {
5501 /* If this is an overlay, set the current lma to that
5502 at the end of the previous section. */
5503 if (os->sectype == overlay_section)
5504 lma = last->lma + TO_ADDR (last->size);
5505
5506 /* Otherwise, keep the same lma to vma relationship
5507 as the previous section. */
5508 else
5509 lma = dot + last->lma - last->vma;
5510
5511 if (section_alignment > 0)
5512 lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
5513 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5514 }
5515 }
5516 os->processed_lma = TRUE;
5517
5518 /* Keep track of normal sections using the default
5519 lma region. We use this to set the lma for
5520 following sections. Overlays or other linker
5521 script assignment to lma might mean that the
5522 default lma == vma is incorrect.
5523 To avoid warnings about dot moving backwards when using
5524 -Ttext, don't start tracking sections until we find one
5525 of non-zero size or with lma set differently to vma.
5526 Do this tracking before we short-cut the loop so that we
5527 track changes for the case where the section size is zero,
5528 but the lma is set differently to the vma. This is
5529 important, if an orphan section is placed after an
5530 otherwise empty output section that has an explicit lma
5531 set, we want that lma reflected in the orphans lma. */
5532 if (((!IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
5533 && (os->bfd_section->size != 0
5534 || (r->last_os == NULL
5535 && os->bfd_section->vma != os->bfd_section->lma)
5536 || (r->last_os != NULL
5537 && dot >= (r->last_os->output_section_statement
5538 .bfd_section->vma))))
5539 || os->sectype == first_overlay_section)
5540 && os->lma_region == NULL
5541 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5542 r->last_os = s;
5543
5544 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
5545 break;
5546
5547 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
5548 if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
5549 || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5550 dotdelta = TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
5551 else
5552 dotdelta = 0;
5553 dot += dotdelta;
5554
5555 if (os->update_dot_tree != 0)
5556 exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5557
5558 /* Update dot in the region ?
5559 We only do this if the section is going to be allocated,
5560 since unallocated sections do not contribute to the region's
5561 overall size in memory. */
5562 if (os->region != NULL
5563 && (os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
5564 {
5565 os->region->current = dot;
5566
5567 if (check_regions)
5568 /* Make sure the new address is within the region. */
5569 os_region_check (os, os->region, os->addr_tree,
5570 os->bfd_section->vma);
5571
5572 if (os->lma_region != NULL && os->lma_region != os->region
5573 && ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_LOAD)
5574 || os->align_lma_with_input))
5575 {
5576 os->lma_region->current = os->bfd_section->lma + dotdelta;
5577
5578 if (check_regions)
5579 os_region_check (os, os->lma_region, NULL,
5580 os->bfd_section->lma);
5581 }
5582 }
5583 }
5584 break;
5585
5586 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
5587 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&constructor_list.head,
5588 output_section_statement,
5589 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5590 break;
5591
5592 case lang_data_statement_enum:
5593 {
5594 unsigned int size = 0;
5595
5596 s->data_statement.output_offset =
5597 dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5598 s->data_statement.output_section =
5599 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5600
5601 /* We might refer to provided symbols in the expression, and
5602 need to mark them as needed. */
5603 exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5604
5605 switch (s->data_statement.type)
5606 {
5607 default:
5608 abort ();
5609 case QUAD:
5610 case SQUAD:
5611 size = QUAD_SIZE;
5612 break;
5613 case LONG:
5614 size = LONG_SIZE;
5615 break;
5616 case SHORT:
5617 size = SHORT_SIZE;
5618 break;
5619 case BYTE:
5620 size = BYTE_SIZE;
5621 break;
5622 }
5623 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
5624 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
5625 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5626 if (!(output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags
5627 & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5628 output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
5629 = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
5630
5631 }
5632 break;
5633
5634 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
5635 {
5636 int size;
5637
5638 s->reloc_statement.output_offset =
5639 dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5640 s->reloc_statement.output_section =
5641 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5642 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto);
5643 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5644 if (!(output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags
5645 & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5646 output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
5647 = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
5648 }
5649 break;
5650
5651 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
5652 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->wild_statement.children.head,
5653 output_section_statement,
5654 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5655 break;
5656
5657 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
5658 link_info.create_object_symbols_section
5659 = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5660 output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
5661 break;
5662
5663 case lang_output_statement_enum:
5664 case lang_target_statement_enum:
5665 break;
5666
5667 case lang_input_section_enum:
5668 {
5669 asection *i;
5670
5671 i = s->input_section.section;
5672 if (relax)
5673 {
5674 bfd_boolean again;
5675
5676 if (!bfd_relax_section (i->owner, i, &link_info, &again))
5677 einfo (_("%F%P: can't relax section: %E\n"));
5678 if (again)
5679 *relax = TRUE;
5680 }
5681 dot = size_input_section (prev, output_section_statement,
5682 fill, dot);
5683 }
5684 break;
5685
5686 case lang_input_statement_enum:
5687 break;
5688
5689 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
5690 s->fill_statement.output_section =
5691 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5692
5693 fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
5694 break;
5695
5696 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
5697 {
5698 bfd_vma newdot = dot;
5699 etree_type *tree = s->assignment_statement.exp;
5700
5701 expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
5702
5703 exp_fold_tree (tree,
5704 output_section_statement->bfd_section,
5705 &newdot);
5706
5707 ldlang_check_relro_region (s, &expld.dataseg);
5708
5709 expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
5710
5711 /* This symbol may be relative to this section. */
5712 if ((tree->type.node_class == etree_provided
5713 || tree->type.node_class == etree_assign)
5714 && (tree->assign.dst [0] != '.'
5715 || tree->assign.dst [1] != '\0'))
5716 output_section_statement->update_dot = 1;
5717
5718 if (!output_section_statement->ignored)
5719 {
5720 if (output_section_statement == abs_output_section)
5721 {
5722 /* If we don't have an output section, then just adjust
5723 the default memory address. */
5724 lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION,
5725 FALSE)->current = newdot;
5726 }
5727 else if (newdot != dot)
5728 {
5729 /* Insert a pad after this statement. We can't
5730 put the pad before when relaxing, in case the
5731 assignment references dot. */
5732 insert_pad (&s->header.next, fill, TO_SIZE (newdot - dot),
5733 output_section_statement->bfd_section, dot);
5734
5735 /* Don't neuter the pad below when relaxing. */
5736 s = s->header.next;
5737
5738 /* If dot is advanced, this implies that the section
5739 should have space allocated to it, unless the
5740 user has explicitly stated that the section
5741 should not be allocated. */
5742 if (output_section_statement->sectype != noalloc_section
5743 && (output_section_statement->sectype != noload_section
5744 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5745 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)))
5746 output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
5747 }
5748 dot = newdot;
5749 }
5750 }
5751 break;
5752
5753 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
5754 /* If this is the first time lang_size_sections is called,
5755 we won't have any padding statements. If this is the
5756 second or later passes when relaxing, we should allow
5757 padding to shrink. If padding is needed on this pass, it
5758 will be added back in. */
5759 s->padding_statement.size = 0;
5760
5761 /* Make sure output_offset is valid. If relaxation shrinks
5762 the section and this pad isn't needed, it's possible to
5763 have output_offset larger than the final size of the
5764 section. bfd_set_section_contents will complain even for
5765 a pad size of zero. */
5766 s->padding_statement.output_offset
5767 = dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5768 break;
5769
5770 case lang_group_statement_enum:
5771 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->group_statement.children.head,
5772 output_section_statement,
5773 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5774 break;
5775
5776 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
5777 break;
5778
5779 /* We can only get here when relaxing is turned on. */
5780 case lang_address_statement_enum:
5781 break;
5782
5783 default:
5784 FAIL ();
5785 break;
5786 }
5787 prev = &s->header.next;
5788 }
5789 return dot;
5790 }
5791
5792 /* Callback routine that is used in _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments.
5793 The BFD library has set NEW_SEGMENT to TRUE iff it thinks that
5794 CURRENT_SECTION and PREVIOUS_SECTION ought to be placed into different
5795 segments. We are allowed an opportunity to override this decision. */
5796
5797 bfd_boolean
5798 ldlang_override_segment_assignment (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5799 bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5800 asection *current_section,
5801 asection *previous_section,
5802 bfd_boolean new_segment)
5803 {
5804 lang_output_section_statement_type *cur;
5805 lang_output_section_statement_type *prev;
5806
5807 /* The checks below are only necessary when the BFD library has decided
5808 that the two sections ought to be placed into the same segment. */
5809 if (new_segment)
5810 return TRUE;
5811
5812 /* Paranoia checks. */
5813 if (current_section == NULL || previous_section == NULL)
5814 return new_segment;
5815
5816 /* If this flag is set, the target never wants code and non-code
5817 sections comingled in the same segment. */
5818 if (config.separate_code
5819 && ((current_section->flags ^ previous_section->flags) & SEC_CODE))
5820 return TRUE;
5821
5822 /* Find the memory regions associated with the two sections.
5823 We call lang_output_section_find() here rather than scanning the list
5824 of output sections looking for a matching section pointer because if
5825 we have a large number of sections then a hash lookup is faster. */
5826 cur = lang_output_section_find (current_section->name);
5827 prev = lang_output_section_find (previous_section->name);
5828
5829 /* More paranoia. */
5830 if (cur == NULL || prev == NULL)
5831 return new_segment;
5832
5833 /* If the regions are different then force the sections to live in
5834 different segments. See the email thread starting at the following
5835 URL for the reasons why this is necessary:
5836 http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00216.html */
5837 return cur->region != prev->region;
5838 }
5839
5840 void
5841 one_lang_size_sections_pass (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5842 {
5843 lang_statement_iteration++;
5844 lang_size_sections_1 (&statement_list.head, abs_output_section,
5845 0, 0, relax, check_regions);
5846 }
5847
5848 static bfd_boolean
5849 lang_size_segment (seg_align_type *seg)
5850 {
5851 /* If XXX_SEGMENT_ALIGN XXX_SEGMENT_END pair was seen, check whether
5852 a page could be saved in the data segment. */
5853 bfd_vma first, last;
5854
5855 first = -seg->base & (seg->pagesize - 1);
5856 last = seg->end & (seg->pagesize - 1);
5857 if (first && last
5858 && ((seg->base & ~(seg->pagesize - 1))
5859 != (seg->end & ~(seg->pagesize - 1)))
5860 && first + last <= seg->pagesize)
5861 {
5862 seg->phase = exp_seg_adjust;
5863 return TRUE;
5864 }
5865
5866 seg->phase = exp_seg_done;
5867 return FALSE;
5868 }
5869
5870 static bfd_vma
5871 lang_size_relro_segment_1 (seg_align_type *seg)
5872 {
5873 bfd_vma relro_end, desired_end;
5874 asection *sec;
5875
5876 /* Compute the expected PT_GNU_RELRO/PT_LOAD segment end. */
5877 relro_end = ((seg->relro_end + seg->pagesize - 1)
5878 & ~(seg->pagesize - 1));
5879
5880 /* Adjust by the offset arg of XXX_SEGMENT_RELRO_END. */
5881 desired_end = relro_end - seg->relro_offset;
5882
5883 /* For sections in the relro segment.. */
5884 for (sec = link_info.output_bfd->section_last; sec; sec = sec->prev)
5885 if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
5886 && sec->vma >= seg->base
5887 && sec->vma < seg->relro_end - seg->relro_offset)
5888 {
5889 /* Where do we want to put this section so that it ends as
5890 desired? */
5891 bfd_vma start, end, bump;
5892
5893 end = start = sec->vma;
5894 if (!IS_TBSS (sec))
5895 end += TO_ADDR (sec->size);
5896 bump = desired_end - end;
5897 /* We'd like to increase START by BUMP, but we must heed
5898 alignment so the increase might be less than optimum. */
5899 start += bump;
5900 start &= ~(((bfd_vma) 1 << sec->alignment_power) - 1);
5901 /* This is now the desired end for the previous section. */
5902 desired_end = start;
5903 }
5904
5905 seg->phase = exp_seg_relro_adjust;
5906 ASSERT (desired_end >= seg->base);
5907 seg->base = desired_end;
5908 return relro_end;
5909 }
5910
5911 static bfd_boolean
5912 lang_size_relro_segment (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5913 {
5914 bfd_boolean do_reset = FALSE;
5915 bfd_boolean do_data_relro;
5916 bfd_vma data_initial_base, data_relro_end;
5917
5918 if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
5919 {
5920 do_data_relro = TRUE;
5921 data_initial_base = expld.dataseg.base;
5922 data_relro_end = lang_size_relro_segment_1 (&expld.dataseg);
5923 }
5924 else
5925 {
5926 do_data_relro = FALSE;
5927 data_initial_base = data_relro_end = 0;
5928 }
5929
5930 if (do_data_relro)
5931 {
5932 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
5933 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5934
5935 /* Assignments to dot, or to output section address in a user
5936 script have increased padding over the original. Revert. */
5937 if (do_data_relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end > data_relro_end)
5938 {
5939 expld.dataseg.base = data_initial_base;;
5940 do_reset = TRUE;
5941 }
5942 }
5943
5944 if (!do_data_relro && lang_size_segment (&expld.dataseg))
5945 do_reset = TRUE;
5946
5947 return do_reset;
5948 }
5949
5950 void
5951 lang_size_sections (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5952 {
5953 expld.phase = lang_allocating_phase_enum;
5954 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
5955
5956 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5957
5958 if (expld.dataseg.phase != exp_seg_end_seen)
5959 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_done;
5960
5961 if (expld.dataseg.phase == exp_seg_end_seen)
5962 {
5963 bfd_boolean do_reset
5964 = lang_size_relro_segment (relax, check_regions);
5965
5966 if (do_reset)
5967 {
5968 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
5969 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5970 }
5971
5972 if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
5973 {
5974 link_info.relro_start = expld.dataseg.base;
5975 link_info.relro_end = expld.dataseg.relro_end;
5976 }
5977 }
5978 }
5979
5980 static lang_output_section_statement_type *current_section;
5981 static lang_assignment_statement_type *current_assign;
5982 static bfd_boolean prefer_next_section;
5983
5984 /* Worker function for lang_do_assignments. Recursiveness goes here. */
5985
5986 static bfd_vma
5987 lang_do_assignments_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
5988 lang_output_section_statement_type *current_os,
5989 fill_type *fill,
5990 bfd_vma dot,
5991 bfd_boolean *found_end)
5992 {
5993 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
5994 {
5995 switch (s->header.type)
5996 {
5997 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
5998 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (constructor_list.head,
5999 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
6000 break;
6001
6002 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
6003 {
6004 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6005 bfd_vma newdot;
6006
6007 os = &(s->output_section_statement);
6008 os->after_end = *found_end;
6009 if (os->bfd_section != NULL && !os->ignored)
6010 {
6011 if ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
6012 {
6013 current_section = os;
6014 prefer_next_section = FALSE;
6015 }
6016 dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
6017 }
6018 newdot = lang_do_assignments_1 (os->children.head,
6019 os, os->fill, dot, found_end);
6020 if (!os->ignored)
6021 {
6022 if (os->bfd_section != NULL)
6023 {
6024 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
6025 if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
6026 || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
6027 dot += TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
6028
6029 if (os->update_dot_tree != NULL)
6030 exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree,
6031 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6032 }
6033 else
6034 dot = newdot;
6035 }
6036 }
6037 break;
6038
6039 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
6040
6041 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->wild_statement.children.head,
6042 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
6043 break;
6044
6045 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
6046 case lang_output_statement_enum:
6047 case lang_target_statement_enum:
6048 break;
6049
6050 case lang_data_statement_enum:
6051 exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6052 if (expld.result.valid_p)
6053 {
6054 s->data_statement.value = expld.result.value;
6055 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
6056 s->data_statement.value += expld.result.section->vma;
6057 }
6058 else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
6059 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid data statement\n"));
6060 {
6061 unsigned int size;
6062 switch (s->data_statement.type)
6063 {
6064 default:
6065 abort ();
6066 case QUAD:
6067 case SQUAD:
6068 size = QUAD_SIZE;
6069 break;
6070 case LONG:
6071 size = LONG_SIZE;
6072 break;
6073 case SHORT:
6074 size = SHORT_SIZE;
6075 break;
6076 case BYTE:
6077 size = BYTE_SIZE;
6078 break;
6079 }
6080 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
6081 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
6082 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
6083 }
6084 break;
6085
6086 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
6087 exp_fold_tree (s->reloc_statement.addend_exp,
6088 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6089 if (expld.result.valid_p)
6090 s->reloc_statement.addend_value = expld.result.value;
6091 else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
6092 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid reloc statement\n"));
6093 dot += TO_ADDR (bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto));
6094 break;
6095
6096 case lang_input_section_enum:
6097 {
6098 asection *in = s->input_section.section;
6099
6100 if ((in->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0)
6101 dot += TO_ADDR (in->size);
6102 }
6103 break;
6104
6105 case lang_input_statement_enum:
6106 break;
6107
6108 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
6109 fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
6110 break;
6111
6112 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
6113 current_assign = &s->assignment_statement;
6114 if (current_assign->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
6115 {
6116 const char *p = current_assign->exp->assign.dst;
6117
6118 if (current_os == abs_output_section && p[0] == '.' && p[1] == 0)
6119 prefer_next_section = TRUE;
6120
6121 while (*p == '_')
6122 ++p;
6123 if (strcmp (p, "end") == 0)
6124 *found_end = TRUE;
6125 }
6126 exp_fold_tree (s->assignment_statement.exp,
6127 (current_os->bfd_section != NULL
6128 ? current_os->bfd_section : bfd_und_section_ptr),
6129 &dot);
6130 break;
6131
6132 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
6133 dot += TO_ADDR (s->padding_statement.size);
6134 break;
6135
6136 case lang_group_statement_enum:
6137 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
6138 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
6139 break;
6140
6141 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
6142 break;
6143
6144 case lang_address_statement_enum:
6145 break;
6146
6147 default:
6148 FAIL ();
6149 break;
6150 }
6151 }
6152 return dot;
6153 }
6154
6155 void
6156 lang_do_assignments (lang_phase_type phase)
6157 {
6158 bfd_boolean found_end = FALSE;
6159
6160 current_section = NULL;
6161 prefer_next_section = FALSE;
6162 expld.phase = phase;
6163 lang_statement_iteration++;
6164 lang_do_assignments_1 (statement_list.head,
6165 abs_output_section, NULL, 0, &found_end);
6166 }
6167
6168 /* For an assignment statement outside of an output section statement,
6169 choose the best of neighbouring output sections to use for values
6170 of "dot". */
6171
6172 asection *
6173 section_for_dot (void)
6174 {
6175 asection *s;
6176
6177 /* Assignments belong to the previous output section, unless there
6178 has been an assignment to "dot", in which case following
6179 assignments belong to the next output section. (The assumption
6180 is that an assignment to "dot" is setting up the address for the
6181 next output section.) Except that past the assignment to "_end"
6182 we always associate with the previous section. This exception is
6183 for targets like SH that define an alloc .stack or other
6184 weirdness after non-alloc sections. */
6185 if (current_section == NULL || prefer_next_section)
6186 {
6187 lang_statement_union_type *stmt;
6188 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6189
6190 for (stmt = (lang_statement_union_type *) current_assign;
6191 stmt != NULL;
6192 stmt = stmt->header.next)
6193 if (stmt->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
6194 break;
6195
6196 os = &stmt->output_section_statement;
6197 while (os != NULL
6198 && !os->after_end
6199 && (os->bfd_section == NULL
6200 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
6201 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
6202 os->bfd_section)))
6203 os = os->next;
6204
6205 if (current_section == NULL || os == NULL || !os->after_end)
6206 {
6207 if (os != NULL)
6208 s = os->bfd_section;
6209 else
6210 s = link_info.output_bfd->section_last;
6211 while (s != NULL
6212 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6213 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
6214 s = s->prev;
6215 if (s != NULL)
6216 return s;
6217
6218 return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6219 }
6220 }
6221
6222 s = current_section->bfd_section;
6223
6224 /* The section may have been stripped. */
6225 while (s != NULL
6226 && ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
6227 || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6228 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
6229 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd, s)))
6230 s = s->prev;
6231 if (s == NULL)
6232 s = link_info.output_bfd->sections;
6233 while (s != NULL
6234 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6235 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
6236 s = s->next;
6237 if (s != NULL)
6238 return s;
6239
6240 return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6241 }
6242
6243 /* Array of __start/__stop/.startof./.sizeof/ symbols. */
6244
6245 static struct bfd_link_hash_entry **start_stop_syms;
6246 static size_t start_stop_count = 0;
6247 static size_t start_stop_alloc = 0;
6248
6249 /* Give start/stop SYMBOL for SEC a preliminary definition, and add it
6250 to start_stop_syms. */
6251
6252 static void
6253 lang_define_start_stop (const char *symbol, asection *sec)
6254 {
6255 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
6256
6257 h = bfd_define_start_stop (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, symbol, sec);
6258 if (h != NULL)
6259 {
6260 if (start_stop_count == start_stop_alloc)
6261 {
6262 start_stop_alloc = 2 * start_stop_alloc + 10;
6263 start_stop_syms
6264 = xrealloc (start_stop_syms,
6265 start_stop_alloc * sizeof (*start_stop_syms));
6266 }
6267 start_stop_syms[start_stop_count++] = h;
6268 }
6269 }
6270
6271 /* Check for input sections whose names match references to
6272 __start_SECNAME or __stop_SECNAME symbols. Give the symbols
6273 preliminary definitions. */
6274
6275 static void
6276 lang_init_start_stop (void)
6277 {
6278 bfd *abfd;
6279 asection *s;
6280 char leading_char = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd);
6281
6282 for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds; abfd != NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
6283 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6284 {
6285 const char *ps;
6286 const char *secname = s->name;
6287
6288 for (ps = secname; *ps != '\0'; ps++)
6289 if (!ISALNUM ((unsigned char) *ps) && *ps != '_')
6290 break;
6291 if (*ps == '\0')
6292 {
6293 char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
6294
6295 symbol[0] = leading_char;
6296 sprintf (symbol + (leading_char != 0), "__start_%s", secname);
6297 lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
6298
6299 symbol[1] = leading_char;
6300 memcpy (symbol + 1 + (leading_char != 0), "__stop", 6);
6301 lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
6302
6303 free (symbol);
6304 }
6305 }
6306 }
6307
6308 /* Iterate over start_stop_syms. */
6309
6310 static void
6311 foreach_start_stop (void (*func) (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *))
6312 {
6313 size_t i;
6314
6315 for (i = 0; i < start_stop_count; ++i)
6316 func (start_stop_syms[i]);
6317 }
6318
6319 /* __start and __stop symbols are only supposed to be defined by the
6320 linker for orphan sections, but we now extend that to sections that
6321 map to an output section of the same name. The symbols were
6322 defined early for --gc-sections, before we mapped input to output
6323 sections, so undo those that don't satisfy this rule. */
6324
6325 static void
6326 undef_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
6327 {
6328 if (h->ldscript_def)
6329 return;
6330
6331 if (h->u.def.section->output_section == NULL
6332 || h->u.def.section->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
6333 || strcmp (h->u.def.section->name,
6334 h->u.def.section->output_section->name) != 0)
6335 {
6336 asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd,
6337 h->u.def.section->name);
6338 if (sec != NULL)
6339 {
6340 /* When there are more than one input sections with the same
6341 section name, SECNAME, linker picks the first one to define
6342 __start_SECNAME and __stop_SECNAME symbols. When the first
6343 input section is removed by comdat group, we need to check
6344 if there is still an output section with section name
6345 SECNAME. */
6346 asection *i;
6347 for (i = sec->map_head.s; i != NULL; i = i->map_head.s)
6348 if (strcmp (h->u.def.section->name, i->name) == 0)
6349 {
6350 h->u.def.section = i;
6351 return;
6352 }
6353 }
6354 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
6355 h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
6356 }
6357 }
6358
6359 static void
6360 lang_undef_start_stop (void)
6361 {
6362 foreach_start_stop (undef_start_stop);
6363 }
6364
6365 /* Check for output sections whose names match references to
6366 .startof.SECNAME or .sizeof.SECNAME symbols. Give the symbols
6367 preliminary definitions. */
6368
6369 static void
6370 lang_init_startof_sizeof (void)
6371 {
6372 asection *s;
6373
6374 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6375 {
6376 const char *secname = s->name;
6377 char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
6378
6379 sprintf (symbol, ".startof.%s", secname);
6380 lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
6381
6382 memcpy (symbol + 1, ".size", 5);
6383 lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
6384 free (symbol);
6385 }
6386 }
6387
6388 /* Set .startof., .sizeof., __start and __stop symbols final values. */
6389
6390 static void
6391 set_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
6392 {
6393 if (h->ldscript_def
6394 || h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined)
6395 return;
6396
6397 if (h->root.string[0] == '.')
6398 {
6399 /* .startof. or .sizeof. symbol.
6400 .startof. already has final value. */
6401 if (h->root.string[2] == 'i')
6402 {
6403 /* .sizeof. */
6404 h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
6405 h->u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6406 }
6407 }
6408 else
6409 {
6410 /* __start or __stop symbol. */
6411 int has_lead = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd) != 0;
6412
6413 h->u.def.section = h->u.def.section->output_section;
6414 if (h->root.string[4 + has_lead] == 'o')
6415 {
6416 /* __stop_ */
6417 h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
6418 }
6419 }
6420 }
6421
6422 static void
6423 lang_finalize_start_stop (void)
6424 {
6425 foreach_start_stop (set_start_stop);
6426 }
6427
6428 static void
6429 lang_end (void)
6430 {
6431 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
6432 bfd_boolean warn;
6433
6434 if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info) && !link_info.gc_sections)
6435 || bfd_link_dll (&link_info))
6436 warn = entry_from_cmdline;
6437 else
6438 warn = TRUE;
6439
6440 /* Force the user to specify a root when generating a relocatable with
6441 --gc-sections, unless --gc-keep-exported was also given. */
6442 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6443 && link_info.gc_sections
6444 && !link_info.gc_keep_exported
6445 && !(entry_from_cmdline || undef_from_cmdline))
6446 einfo (_("%F%P: gc-sections requires either an entry or "
6447 "an undefined symbol\n"));
6448
6449 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
6450 {
6451 /* No entry has been specified. Look for the default entry, but
6452 don't warn if we don't find it. */
6453 entry_symbol.name = entry_symbol_default;
6454 warn = FALSE;
6455 }
6456
6457 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, entry_symbol.name,
6458 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
6459 if (h != NULL
6460 && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6461 || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
6462 && h->u.def.section->output_section != NULL)
6463 {
6464 bfd_vma val;
6465
6466 val = (h->u.def.value
6467 + bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd,
6468 h->u.def.section->output_section)
6469 + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
6470 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
6471 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can't set start address\n"), entry_symbol.name);
6472 }
6473 else
6474 {
6475 bfd_vma val;
6476 const char *send;
6477
6478 /* We couldn't find the entry symbol. Try parsing it as a
6479 number. */
6480 val = bfd_scan_vma (entry_symbol.name, &send, 0);
6481 if (*send == '\0')
6482 {
6483 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
6484 einfo (_("%F%P: can't set start address\n"));
6485 }
6486 else
6487 {
6488 asection *ts;
6489
6490 /* Can't find the entry symbol, and it's not a number. Use
6491 the first address in the text section. */
6492 ts = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, entry_section);
6493 if (ts != NULL)
6494 {
6495 if (warn)
6496 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
6497 " defaulting to %V\n"),
6498 entry_symbol.name,
6499 bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd, ts));
6500 if (!(bfd_set_start_address
6501 (link_info.output_bfd,
6502 bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd, ts))))
6503 einfo (_("%F%P: can't set start address\n"));
6504 }
6505 else
6506 {
6507 if (warn)
6508 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
6509 " not setting start address\n"),
6510 entry_symbol.name);
6511 }
6512 }
6513 }
6514 }
6515
6516 /* This is a small function used when we want to ignore errors from
6517 BFD. */
6518
6519 static void
6520 ignore_bfd_errors (const char *fmt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6521 va_list ap ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6522 {
6523 /* Don't do anything. */
6524 }
6525
6526 /* Check that the architecture of all the input files is compatible
6527 with the output file. Also call the backend to let it do any
6528 other checking that is needed. */
6529
6530 static void
6531 lang_check (void)
6532 {
6533 lang_input_statement_type *file;
6534 bfd *input_bfd;
6535 const bfd_arch_info_type *compatible;
6536
6537 for (file = &file_chain.head->input_statement;
6538 file != NULL;
6539 file = file->next)
6540 {
6541 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
6542 /* Don't check format of files claimed by plugin. */
6543 if (file->flags.claimed)
6544 continue;
6545 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
6546 input_bfd = file->the_bfd;
6547 compatible
6548 = bfd_arch_get_compatible (input_bfd, link_info.output_bfd,
6549 command_line.accept_unknown_input_arch);
6550
6551 /* In general it is not possible to perform a relocatable
6552 link between differing object formats when the input
6553 file has relocations, because the relocations in the
6554 input format may not have equivalent representations in
6555 the output format (and besides BFD does not translate
6556 relocs for other link purposes than a final link). */
6557 if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6558 || link_info.emitrelocations)
6559 && (compatible == NULL
6560 || (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd)
6561 != bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)))
6562 && (bfd_get_file_flags (input_bfd) & HAS_RELOC) != 0)
6563 {
6564 einfo (_("%F%P: relocatable linking with relocations from"
6565 " format %s (%pB) to format %s (%pB) is not supported\n"),
6566 bfd_get_target (input_bfd), input_bfd,
6567 bfd_get_target (link_info.output_bfd), link_info.output_bfd);
6568 /* einfo with %F exits. */
6569 }
6570
6571 if (compatible == NULL)
6572 {
6573 if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
6574 einfo (_("%X%P: %s architecture of input file `%pB'"
6575 " is incompatible with %s output\n"),
6576 bfd_printable_name (input_bfd), input_bfd,
6577 bfd_printable_name (link_info.output_bfd));
6578 }
6579 else if (bfd_count_sections (input_bfd))
6580 {
6581 /* If the input bfd has no contents, it shouldn't set the
6582 private data of the output bfd. */
6583
6584 bfd_error_handler_type pfn = NULL;
6585
6586 /* If we aren't supposed to warn about mismatched input
6587 files, temporarily set the BFD error handler to a
6588 function which will do nothing. We still want to call
6589 bfd_merge_private_bfd_data, since it may set up
6590 information which is needed in the output file. */
6591 if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
6592 pfn = bfd_set_error_handler (ignore_bfd_errors);
6593 if (!bfd_merge_private_bfd_data (input_bfd, &link_info))
6594 {
6595 if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
6596 einfo (_("%X%P: failed to merge target specific data"
6597 " of file %pB\n"), input_bfd);
6598 }
6599 if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
6600 bfd_set_error_handler (pfn);
6601 }
6602 }
6603 }
6604
6605 /* Look through all the global common symbols and attach them to the
6606 correct section. The -sort-common command line switch may be used
6607 to roughly sort the entries by alignment. */
6608
6609 static void
6610 lang_common (void)
6611 {
6612 if (link_info.inhibit_common_definition)
6613 return;
6614 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6615 && !command_line.force_common_definition)
6616 return;
6617
6618 if (!config.sort_common)
6619 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, NULL);
6620 else
6621 {
6622 unsigned int power;
6623
6624 if (config.sort_common == sort_descending)
6625 {
6626 for (power = 4; power > 0; power--)
6627 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6628
6629 power = 0;
6630 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6631 }
6632 else
6633 {
6634 for (power = 0; power <= 4; power++)
6635 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6636
6637 power = (unsigned int) -1;
6638 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6639 }
6640 }
6641 }
6642
6643 /* Place one common symbol in the correct section. */
6644
6645 static bfd_boolean
6646 lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h, void *info)
6647 {
6648 unsigned int power_of_two;
6649 bfd_vma size;
6650 asection *section;
6651
6652 if (h->type != bfd_link_hash_common)
6653 return TRUE;
6654
6655 size = h->u.c.size;
6656 power_of_two = h->u.c.p->alignment_power;
6657
6658 if (config.sort_common == sort_descending
6659 && power_of_two < *(unsigned int *) info)
6660 return TRUE;
6661 else if (config.sort_common == sort_ascending
6662 && power_of_two > *(unsigned int *) info)
6663 return TRUE;
6664
6665 section = h->u.c.p->section;
6666 if (!bfd_define_common_symbol (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, h))
6667 einfo (_("%F%P: could not define common symbol `%pT': %E\n"),
6668 h->root.string);
6669
6670 if (config.map_file != NULL)
6671 {
6672 static bfd_boolean header_printed;
6673 int len;
6674 char *name;
6675 char buf[50];
6676
6677 if (!header_printed)
6678 {
6679 minfo (_("\nAllocating common symbols\n"));
6680 minfo (_("Common symbol size file\n\n"));
6681 header_printed = TRUE;
6682 }
6683
6684 name = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, h->root.string,
6685 DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_PARAMS);
6686 if (name == NULL)
6687 {
6688 minfo ("%s", h->root.string);
6689 len = strlen (h->root.string);
6690 }
6691 else
6692 {
6693 minfo ("%s", name);
6694 len = strlen (name);
6695 free (name);
6696 }
6697
6698 if (len >= 19)
6699 {
6700 print_nl ();
6701 len = 0;
6702 }
6703 while (len < 20)
6704 {
6705 print_space ();
6706 ++len;
6707 }
6708
6709 minfo ("0x");
6710 if (size <= 0xffffffff)
6711 sprintf (buf, "%lx", (unsigned long) size);
6712 else
6713 sprintf_vma (buf, size);
6714 minfo ("%s", buf);
6715 len = strlen (buf);
6716
6717 while (len < 16)
6718 {
6719 print_space ();
6720 ++len;
6721 }
6722
6723 minfo ("%pB\n", section->owner);
6724 }
6725
6726 return TRUE;
6727 }
6728
6729 /* Handle a single orphan section S, placing the orphan into an appropriate
6730 output section. The effects of the --orphan-handling command line
6731 option are handled here. */
6732
6733 static void
6734 ldlang_place_orphan (asection *s)
6735 {
6736 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_discard)
6737 {
6738 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6739 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (DISCARD_SECTION_NAME, 0,
6740 TRUE);
6741 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
6742 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6743 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
6744 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
6745 lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, os);
6746 }
6747 else
6748 {
6749 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6750 const char *name = s->name;
6751 int constraint = 0;
6752
6753 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_error)
6754 einfo (_("%X%P: error: unplaced orphan section `%pA' from `%pB'\n"),
6755 s, s->owner);
6756
6757 if (config.unique_orphan_sections || unique_section_p (s, NULL))
6758 constraint = SPECIAL;
6759
6760 os = ldemul_place_orphan (s, name, constraint);
6761 if (os == NULL)
6762 {
6763 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, constraint, TRUE);
6764 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
6765 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6766 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
6767 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
6768 lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, os);
6769 }
6770
6771 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_warn)
6772 einfo (_("%P: warning: orphan section `%pA' from `%pB' being "
6773 "placed in section `%s'\n"),
6774 s, s->owner, os->name);
6775 }
6776 }
6777
6778 /* Run through the input files and ensure that every input section has
6779 somewhere to go. If one is found without a destination then create
6780 an input request and place it into the statement tree. */
6781
6782 static void
6783 lang_place_orphans (void)
6784 {
6785 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
6786 {
6787 asection *s;
6788
6789 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6790 {
6791 if (s->output_section == NULL)
6792 {
6793 /* This section of the file is not attached, root
6794 around for a sensible place for it to go. */
6795
6796 if (file->flags.just_syms)
6797 bfd_link_just_syms (file->the_bfd, s, &link_info);
6798 else if (lang_discard_section_p (s))
6799 s->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6800 else if (strcmp (s->name, "COMMON") == 0)
6801 {
6802 /* This is a lonely common section which must have
6803 come from an archive. We attach to the section
6804 with the wildcard. */
6805 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6806 || command_line.force_common_definition)
6807 {
6808 if (default_common_section == NULL)
6809 default_common_section
6810 = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (".bss", 0,
6811 TRUE);
6812 lang_add_section (&default_common_section->children, s,
6813 NULL, default_common_section);
6814 }
6815 }
6816 else
6817 ldlang_place_orphan (s);
6818 }
6819 }
6820 }
6821 }
6822
6823 void
6824 lang_set_flags (lang_memory_region_type *ptr, const char *flags, int invert)
6825 {
6826 flagword *ptr_flags;
6827
6828 ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
6829
6830 while (*flags)
6831 {
6832 switch (*flags)
6833 {
6834 /* PR 17900: An exclamation mark in the attributes reverses
6835 the sense of any of the attributes that follow. */
6836 case '!':
6837 invert = !invert;
6838 ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
6839 break;
6840
6841 case 'A': case 'a':
6842 *ptr_flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
6843 break;
6844
6845 case 'R': case 'r':
6846 *ptr_flags |= SEC_READONLY;
6847 break;
6848
6849 case 'W': case 'w':
6850 *ptr_flags |= SEC_DATA;
6851 break;
6852
6853 case 'X': case 'x':
6854 *ptr_flags |= SEC_CODE;
6855 break;
6856
6857 case 'L': case 'l':
6858 case 'I': case 'i':
6859 *ptr_flags |= SEC_LOAD;
6860 break;
6861
6862 default:
6863 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid character %c (%d) in flags\n"),
6864 *flags, *flags);
6865 break;
6866 }
6867 flags++;
6868 }
6869 }
6870
6871 /* Call a function on each real input file. This function will be
6872 called on an archive, but not on the elements. */
6873
6874 void
6875 lang_for_each_input_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
6876 {
6877 lang_input_statement_type *f;
6878
6879 for (f = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
6880 f != NULL;
6881 f = f->next_real_file)
6882 if (f->flags.real)
6883 func (f);
6884 }
6885
6886 /* Call a function on each real file. The function will be called on
6887 all the elements of an archive which are included in the link, but
6888 will not be called on the archive file itself. */
6889
6890 void
6891 lang_for_each_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
6892 {
6893 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
6894 {
6895 if (f->flags.real)
6896 func (f);
6897 }
6898 }
6899
6900 void
6901 ldlang_add_file (lang_input_statement_type *entry)
6902 {
6903 lang_statement_append (&file_chain, entry, &entry->next);
6904
6905 /* The BFD linker needs to have a list of all input BFDs involved in
6906 a link. */
6907 ASSERT (entry->the_bfd->link.next == NULL);
6908 ASSERT (entry->the_bfd != link_info.output_bfd);
6909
6910 *link_info.input_bfds_tail = entry->the_bfd;
6911 link_info.input_bfds_tail = &entry->the_bfd->link.next;
6912 entry->the_bfd->usrdata = entry;
6913 bfd_set_gp_size (entry->the_bfd, g_switch_value);
6914
6915 /* Look through the sections and check for any which should not be
6916 included in the link. We need to do this now, so that we can
6917 notice when the backend linker tries to report multiple
6918 definition errors for symbols which are in sections we aren't
6919 going to link. FIXME: It might be better to entirely ignore
6920 symbols which are defined in sections which are going to be
6921 discarded. This would require modifying the backend linker for
6922 each backend which might set the SEC_LINK_ONCE flag. If we do
6923 this, we should probably handle SEC_EXCLUDE in the same way. */
6924
6925 bfd_map_over_sections (entry->the_bfd, section_already_linked, entry);
6926 }
6927
6928 void
6929 lang_add_output (const char *name, int from_script)
6930 {
6931 /* Make -o on command line override OUTPUT in script. */
6932 if (!had_output_filename || !from_script)
6933 {
6934 output_filename = name;
6935 had_output_filename = TRUE;
6936 }
6937 }
6938
6939 lang_output_section_statement_type *
6940 lang_enter_output_section_statement (const char *output_section_statement_name,
6941 etree_type *address_exp,
6942 enum section_type sectype,
6943 etree_type *align,
6944 etree_type *subalign,
6945 etree_type *ebase,
6946 int constraint,
6947 int align_with_input)
6948 {
6949 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6950
6951 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (output_section_statement_name,
6952 constraint, TRUE);
6953 current_section = os;
6954
6955 if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
6956 {
6957 os->addr_tree = address_exp;
6958 }
6959 os->sectype = sectype;
6960 if (sectype != noload_section)
6961 os->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
6962 else
6963 os->flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
6964 os->block_value = 1;
6965
6966 /* Make next things chain into subchain of this. */
6967 push_stat_ptr (&os->children);
6968
6969 os->align_lma_with_input = align_with_input == ALIGN_WITH_INPUT;
6970 if (os->align_lma_with_input && align != NULL)
6971 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: align with input and explicit align specified\n"),
6972 NULL);
6973
6974 os->subsection_alignment = subalign;
6975 os->section_alignment = align;
6976
6977 os->load_base = ebase;
6978 return os;
6979 }
6980
6981 void
6982 lang_final (void)
6983 {
6984 lang_output_statement_type *new_stmt;
6985
6986 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_output_statement, stat_ptr);
6987 new_stmt->name = output_filename;
6988 }
6989
6990 /* Reset the current counters in the regions. */
6991
6992 void
6993 lang_reset_memory_regions (void)
6994 {
6995 lang_memory_region_type *p = lang_memory_region_list;
6996 asection *o;
6997 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6998
6999 for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
7000 {
7001 p->current = p->origin;
7002 p->last_os = NULL;
7003 }
7004
7005 for (os = &lang_os_list.head->output_section_statement;
7006 os != NULL;
7007 os = os->next)
7008 {
7009 os->processed_vma = FALSE;
7010 os->processed_lma = FALSE;
7011 }
7012
7013 for (o = link_info.output_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
7014 {
7015 /* Save the last size for possible use by bfd_relax_section. */
7016 o->rawsize = o->size;
7017 if (!(o->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
7018 o->size = 0;
7019 }
7020 }
7021
7022 /* Worker for lang_gc_sections_1. */
7023
7024 static void
7025 gc_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
7026 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7027 asection *section,
7028 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7029 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7030 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7031 {
7032 /* If the wild pattern was marked KEEP, the member sections
7033 should be as well. */
7034 if (ptr->keep_sections)
7035 section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
7036 }
7037
7038 /* Iterate over sections marking them against GC. */
7039
7040 static void
7041 lang_gc_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s)
7042 {
7043 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
7044 {
7045 switch (s->header.type)
7046 {
7047 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
7048 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, gc_section_callback, NULL);
7049 break;
7050 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
7051 lang_gc_sections_1 (constructor_list.head);
7052 break;
7053 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
7054 lang_gc_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
7055 break;
7056 case lang_group_statement_enum:
7057 lang_gc_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head);
7058 break;
7059 default:
7060 break;
7061 }
7062 }
7063 }
7064
7065 static void
7066 lang_gc_sections (void)
7067 {
7068 /* Keep all sections so marked in the link script. */
7069 lang_gc_sections_1 (statement_list.head);
7070
7071 /* SEC_EXCLUDE is ignored when doing a relocatable link, except in
7072 the special case of debug info. (See bfd/stabs.c)
7073 Twiddle the flag here, to simplify later linker code. */
7074 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7075 {
7076 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
7077 {
7078 asection *sec;
7079 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
7080 if (f->flags.claimed)
7081 continue;
7082 #endif
7083 for (sec = f->the_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
7084 if ((sec->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) == 0)
7085 sec->flags &= ~SEC_EXCLUDE;
7086 }
7087 }
7088
7089 if (link_info.gc_sections)
7090 bfd_gc_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
7091 }
7092
7093 /* Worker for lang_find_relro_sections_1. */
7094
7095 static void
7096 find_relro_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7097 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7098 asection *section,
7099 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7100 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7101 void *data)
7102 {
7103 /* Discarded, excluded and ignored sections effectively have zero
7104 size. */
7105 if (section->output_section != NULL
7106 && section->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd
7107 && (section->output_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
7108 && !IGNORE_SECTION (section)
7109 && section->size != 0)
7110 {
7111 bfd_boolean *has_relro_section = (bfd_boolean *) data;
7112 *has_relro_section = TRUE;
7113 }
7114 }
7115
7116 /* Iterate over sections for relro sections. */
7117
7118 static void
7119 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
7120 seg_align_type *seg,
7121 bfd_boolean *has_relro_section)
7122 {
7123 if (*has_relro_section)
7124 return;
7125
7126 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
7127 {
7128 if (s == seg->relro_end_stat)
7129 break;
7130
7131 switch (s->header.type)
7132 {
7133 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
7134 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement,
7135 find_relro_section_callback,
7136 has_relro_section);
7137 break;
7138 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
7139 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (constructor_list.head,
7140 seg, has_relro_section);
7141 break;
7142 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
7143 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head,
7144 seg, has_relro_section);
7145 break;
7146 case lang_group_statement_enum:
7147 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
7148 seg, has_relro_section);
7149 break;
7150 default:
7151 break;
7152 }
7153 }
7154 }
7155
7156 static void
7157 lang_find_relro_sections (void)
7158 {
7159 bfd_boolean has_relro_section = FALSE;
7160
7161 /* Check all sections in the link script. */
7162
7163 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (expld.dataseg.relro_start_stat,
7164 &expld.dataseg, &has_relro_section);
7165
7166 if (!has_relro_section)
7167 link_info.relro = FALSE;
7168 }
7169
7170 /* Relax all sections until bfd_relax_section gives up. */
7171
7172 void
7173 lang_relax_sections (bfd_boolean need_layout)
7174 {
7175 if (RELAXATION_ENABLED)
7176 {
7177 /* We may need more than one relaxation pass. */
7178 int i = link_info.relax_pass;
7179
7180 /* The backend can use it to determine the current pass. */
7181 link_info.relax_pass = 0;
7182
7183 while (i--)
7184 {
7185 /* Keep relaxing until bfd_relax_section gives up. */
7186 bfd_boolean relax_again;
7187
7188 link_info.relax_trip = -1;
7189 do
7190 {
7191 link_info.relax_trip++;
7192
7193 /* Note: pe-dll.c does something like this also. If you find
7194 you need to change this code, you probably need to change
7195 pe-dll.c also. DJ */
7196
7197 /* Do all the assignments with our current guesses as to
7198 section sizes. */
7199 lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
7200
7201 /* We must do this after lang_do_assignments, because it uses
7202 size. */
7203 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
7204
7205 /* Perform another relax pass - this time we know where the
7206 globals are, so can make a better guess. */
7207 relax_again = FALSE;
7208 lang_size_sections (&relax_again, FALSE);
7209 }
7210 while (relax_again);
7211
7212 link_info.relax_pass++;
7213 }
7214 need_layout = TRUE;
7215 }
7216
7217 if (need_layout)
7218 {
7219 /* Final extra sizing to report errors. */
7220 lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
7221 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
7222 lang_size_sections (NULL, TRUE);
7223 }
7224 }
7225
7226 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
7227 /* Find the insert point for the plugin's replacement files. We
7228 place them after the first claimed real object file, or if the
7229 first claimed object is an archive member, after the last real
7230 object file immediately preceding the archive. In the event
7231 no objects have been claimed at all, we return the first dummy
7232 object file on the list as the insert point; that works, but
7233 the callee must be careful when relinking the file_chain as it
7234 is not actually on that chain, only the statement_list and the
7235 input_file list; in that case, the replacement files must be
7236 inserted at the head of the file_chain. */
7237
7238 static lang_input_statement_type *
7239 find_replacements_insert_point (bfd_boolean *before)
7240 {
7241 lang_input_statement_type *claim1, *lastobject;
7242 lastobject = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
7243 for (claim1 = &file_chain.head->input_statement;
7244 claim1 != NULL;
7245 claim1 = claim1->next)
7246 {
7247 if (claim1->flags.claimed)
7248 {
7249 *before = claim1->flags.claim_archive;
7250 return claim1->flags.claim_archive ? lastobject : claim1;
7251 }
7252 /* Update lastobject if this is a real object file. */
7253 if (claim1->the_bfd != NULL && claim1->the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
7254 lastobject = claim1;
7255 }
7256 /* No files were claimed by the plugin. Choose the last object
7257 file found on the list (maybe the first, dummy entry) as the
7258 insert point. */
7259 *before = FALSE;
7260 return lastobject;
7261 }
7262
7263 /* Find where to insert ADD, an archive element or shared library
7264 added during a rescan. */
7265
7266 static lang_input_statement_type **
7267 find_rescan_insertion (lang_input_statement_type *add)
7268 {
7269 bfd *add_bfd = add->the_bfd;
7270 lang_input_statement_type *f;
7271 lang_input_statement_type *last_loaded = NULL;
7272 lang_input_statement_type *before = NULL;
7273 lang_input_statement_type **iter = NULL;
7274
7275 if (add_bfd->my_archive != NULL)
7276 add_bfd = add_bfd->my_archive;
7277
7278 /* First look through the input file chain, to find an object file
7279 before the one we've rescanned. Normal object files always
7280 appear on both the input file chain and the file chain, so this
7281 lets us get quickly to somewhere near the correct place on the
7282 file chain if it is full of archive elements. Archives don't
7283 appear on the file chain, but if an element has been extracted
7284 then their input_statement->next points at it. */
7285 for (f = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
7286 f != NULL;
7287 f = f->next_real_file)
7288 {
7289 if (f->the_bfd == add_bfd)
7290 {
7291 before = last_loaded;
7292 if (f->next != NULL)
7293 return &f->next->next;
7294 }
7295 if (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->next != NULL)
7296 last_loaded = f;
7297 }
7298
7299 for (iter = before ? &before->next : &file_chain.head->input_statement.next;
7300 *iter != NULL;
7301 iter = &(*iter)->next)
7302 if (!(*iter)->flags.claim_archive
7303 && (*iter)->the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
7304 break;
7305
7306 return iter;
7307 }
7308
7309 /* Insert SRCLIST into DESTLIST after given element by chaining
7310 on FIELD as the next-pointer. (Counterintuitively does not need
7311 a pointer to the actual after-node itself, just its chain field.) */
7312
7313 static void
7314 lang_list_insert_after (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
7315 lang_statement_list_type *srclist,
7316 lang_statement_union_type **field)
7317 {
7318 *(srclist->tail) = *field;
7319 *field = srclist->head;
7320 if (destlist->tail == field)
7321 destlist->tail = srclist->tail;
7322 }
7323
7324 /* Detach new nodes added to DESTLIST since the time ORIGLIST
7325 was taken as a copy of it and leave them in ORIGLIST. */
7326
7327 static void
7328 lang_list_remove_tail (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
7329 lang_statement_list_type *origlist)
7330 {
7331 union lang_statement_union **savetail;
7332 /* Check that ORIGLIST really is an earlier state of DESTLIST. */
7333 ASSERT (origlist->head == destlist->head);
7334 savetail = origlist->tail;
7335 origlist->head = *(savetail);
7336 origlist->tail = destlist->tail;
7337 destlist->tail = savetail;
7338 *savetail = NULL;
7339 }
7340
7341 static lang_statement_union_type **
7342 find_next_input_statement (lang_statement_union_type **s)
7343 {
7344 for ( ; *s; s = &(*s)->header.next)
7345 {
7346 lang_statement_union_type **t;
7347 switch ((*s)->header.type)
7348 {
7349 case lang_input_statement_enum:
7350 return s;
7351 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
7352 t = &(*s)->wild_statement.children.head;
7353 break;
7354 case lang_group_statement_enum:
7355 t = &(*s)->group_statement.children.head;
7356 break;
7357 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
7358 t = &(*s)->output_section_statement.children.head;
7359 break;
7360 default:
7361 continue;
7362 }
7363 t = find_next_input_statement (t);
7364 if (*t)
7365 return t;
7366 }
7367 return s;
7368 }
7369 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
7370
7371 /* Add NAME to the list of garbage collection entry points. */
7372
7373 void
7374 lang_add_gc_name (const char *name)
7375 {
7376 struct bfd_sym_chain *sym;
7377
7378 if (name == NULL)
7379 return;
7380
7381 sym = stat_alloc (sizeof (*sym));
7382
7383 sym->next = link_info.gc_sym_list;
7384 sym->name = name;
7385 link_info.gc_sym_list = sym;
7386 }
7387
7388 /* Check relocations. */
7389
7390 static void
7391 lang_check_relocs (void)
7392 {
7393 if (link_info.check_relocs_after_open_input)
7394 {
7395 bfd *abfd;
7396
7397 for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds;
7398 abfd != (bfd *) NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
7399 if (!bfd_link_check_relocs (abfd, &link_info))
7400 {
7401 /* No object output, fail return. */
7402 config.make_executable = FALSE;
7403 /* Note: we do not abort the loop, but rather
7404 continue the scan in case there are other
7405 bad relocations to report. */
7406 }
7407 }
7408 }
7409
7410 /* Look through all output sections looking for places where we can
7411 propagate forward the lma region. */
7412
7413 static void
7414 lang_propagate_lma_regions (void)
7415 {
7416 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7417
7418 for (os = &lang_os_list.head->output_section_statement;
7419 os != NULL;
7420 os = os->next)
7421 {
7422 if (os->prev != NULL
7423 && os->lma_region == NULL
7424 && os->load_base == NULL
7425 && os->addr_tree == NULL
7426 && os->region == os->prev->region)
7427 os->lma_region = os->prev->lma_region;
7428 }
7429 }
7430
7431 void
7432 lang_process (void)
7433 {
7434 /* Finalize dynamic list. */
7435 if (link_info.dynamic_list)
7436 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&link_info.dynamic_list->head);
7437
7438 current_target = default_target;
7439
7440 /* Open the output file. */
7441 lang_for_each_statement (ldlang_open_output);
7442 init_opb ();
7443
7444 ldemul_create_output_section_statements ();
7445
7446 /* Add to the hash table all undefineds on the command line. */
7447 lang_place_undefineds ();
7448
7449 if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_init ())
7450 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
7451
7452 /* Create a bfd for each input file. */
7453 current_target = default_target;
7454 lang_statement_iteration++;
7455 open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
7456 /* open_input_bfds also handles assignments, so we can give values
7457 to symbolic origin/length now. */
7458 lang_do_memory_regions ();
7459
7460 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
7461 if (link_info.lto_plugin_active)
7462 {
7463 lang_statement_list_type added;
7464 lang_statement_list_type files, inputfiles;
7465
7466 /* Now all files are read, let the plugin(s) decide if there
7467 are any more to be added to the link before we call the
7468 emulation's after_open hook. We create a private list of
7469 input statements for this purpose, which we will eventually
7470 insert into the global statement list after the first claimed
7471 file. */
7472 added = *stat_ptr;
7473 /* We need to manipulate all three chains in synchrony. */
7474 files = file_chain;
7475 inputfiles = input_file_chain;
7476 if (plugin_call_all_symbols_read ())
7477 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: plugin reported error after all symbols read\n"),
7478 plugin_error_plugin ());
7479 /* Open any newly added files, updating the file chains. */
7480 plugin_undefs = link_info.hash->undefs_tail;
7481 open_input_bfds (*added.tail, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
7482 if (plugin_undefs == link_info.hash->undefs_tail)
7483 plugin_undefs = NULL;
7484 /* Restore the global list pointer now they have all been added. */
7485 lang_list_remove_tail (stat_ptr, &added);
7486 /* And detach the fresh ends of the file lists. */
7487 lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
7488 lang_list_remove_tail (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles);
7489 /* Were any new files added? */
7490 if (added.head != NULL)
7491 {
7492 /* If so, we will insert them into the statement list immediately
7493 after the first input file that was claimed by the plugin,
7494 unless that file was an archive in which case it is inserted
7495 immediately before. */
7496 bfd_boolean before;
7497 lang_statement_union_type **prev;
7498 plugin_insert = find_replacements_insert_point (&before);
7499 /* If a plugin adds input files without having claimed any, we
7500 don't really have a good idea where to place them. Just putting
7501 them at the start or end of the list is liable to leave them
7502 outside the crtbegin...crtend range. */
7503 ASSERT (plugin_insert != NULL);
7504 /* Splice the new statement list into the old one. */
7505 prev = &plugin_insert->header.next;
7506 if (before)
7507 {
7508 prev = find_next_input_statement (prev);
7509 if (*prev != (void *) plugin_insert->next_real_file)
7510 {
7511 /* We didn't find the expected input statement.
7512 Fall back to adding after plugin_insert. */
7513 prev = &plugin_insert->header.next;
7514 }
7515 }
7516 lang_list_insert_after (stat_ptr, &added, prev);
7517 /* Likewise for the file chains. */
7518 lang_list_insert_after (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles,
7519 (void *) &plugin_insert->next_real_file);
7520 /* We must be careful when relinking file_chain; we may need to
7521 insert the new files at the head of the list if the insert
7522 point chosen is the dummy first input file. */
7523 if (plugin_insert->filename)
7524 lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files,
7525 (void *) &plugin_insert->next);
7526 else
7527 lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files, &file_chain.head);
7528
7529 /* Rescan archives in case new undefined symbols have appeared. */
7530 files = file_chain;
7531 lang_statement_iteration++;
7532 open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_RESCAN);
7533 lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
7534 while (files.head != NULL)
7535 {
7536 lang_input_statement_type **insert;
7537 lang_input_statement_type **iter, *temp;
7538 bfd *my_arch;
7539
7540 insert = find_rescan_insertion (&files.head->input_statement);
7541 /* All elements from an archive can be added at once. */
7542 iter = &files.head->input_statement.next;
7543 my_arch = files.head->input_statement.the_bfd->my_archive;
7544 if (my_arch != NULL)
7545 for (; *iter != NULL; iter = &(*iter)->next)
7546 if ((*iter)->the_bfd->my_archive != my_arch)
7547 break;
7548 temp = *insert;
7549 *insert = &files.head->input_statement;
7550 files.head = (lang_statement_union_type *) *iter;
7551 *iter = temp;
7552 if (my_arch != NULL)
7553 {
7554 lang_input_statement_type *parent = my_arch->usrdata;
7555 if (parent != NULL)
7556 parent->next = (lang_input_statement_type *)
7557 ((char *) iter
7558 - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, next));
7559 }
7560 }
7561 }
7562 }
7563 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
7564
7565 /* Make sure that nobody has tried to add a symbol to this list
7566 before now. */
7567 ASSERT (link_info.gc_sym_list == NULL);
7568
7569 link_info.gc_sym_list = &entry_symbol;
7570
7571 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
7572 {
7573 link_info.gc_sym_list = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
7574
7575 /* entry_symbol is normally initialied by a ENTRY definition in the
7576 linker script or the -e command line option. But if neither of
7577 these have been used, the target specific backend may still have
7578 provided an entry symbol via a call to lang_default_entry().
7579 Unfortunately this value will not be processed until lang_end()
7580 is called, long after this function has finished. So detect this
7581 case here and add the target's entry symbol to the list of starting
7582 points for garbage collection resolution. */
7583 lang_add_gc_name (entry_symbol_default);
7584 }
7585
7586 lang_add_gc_name (link_info.init_function);
7587 lang_add_gc_name (link_info.fini_function);
7588
7589 ldemul_after_open ();
7590 if (config.map_file != NULL)
7591 lang_print_asneeded ();
7592
7593 bfd_section_already_linked_table_free ();
7594
7595 /* Make sure that we're not mixing architectures. We call this
7596 after all the input files have been opened, but before we do any
7597 other processing, so that any operations merge_private_bfd_data
7598 does on the output file will be known during the rest of the
7599 link. */
7600 lang_check ();
7601
7602 /* Handle .exports instead of a version script if we're told to do so. */
7603 if (command_line.version_exports_section)
7604 lang_do_version_exports_section ();
7605
7606 /* Build all sets based on the information gathered from the input
7607 files. */
7608 ldctor_build_sets ();
7609
7610 /* Give initial values for __start and __stop symbols, so that ELF
7611 gc_sections will keep sections referenced by these symbols. Must
7612 be done before lang_do_assignments below. */
7613 if (config.build_constructors)
7614 lang_init_start_stop ();
7615
7616 /* PR 13683: We must rerun the assignments prior to running garbage
7617 collection in order to make sure that all symbol aliases are resolved. */
7618 lang_do_assignments (lang_mark_phase_enum);
7619 expld.phase = lang_first_phase_enum;
7620
7621 /* Size up the common data. */
7622 lang_common ();
7623
7624 /* Remove unreferenced sections if asked to. */
7625 lang_gc_sections ();
7626
7627 /* Check relocations. */
7628 lang_check_relocs ();
7629
7630 ldemul_after_check_relocs ();
7631
7632 /* Update wild statements. */
7633 update_wild_statements (statement_list.head);
7634
7635 /* Run through the contours of the script and attach input sections
7636 to the correct output sections. */
7637 lang_statement_iteration++;
7638 map_input_to_output_sections (statement_list.head, NULL, NULL);
7639
7640 /* Start at the statement immediately after the special abs_section
7641 output statement, so that it isn't reordered. */
7642 process_insert_statements (&lang_os_list.head->header.next);
7643
7644 /* Find any sections not attached explicitly and handle them. */
7645 lang_place_orphans ();
7646
7647 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7648 {
7649 asection *found;
7650
7651 /* Merge SEC_MERGE sections. This has to be done after GC of
7652 sections, so that GCed sections are not merged, but before
7653 assigning dynamic symbols, since removing whole input sections
7654 is hard then. */
7655 bfd_merge_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
7656
7657 /* Look for a text section and set the readonly attribute in it. */
7658 found = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, ".text");
7659
7660 if (found != NULL)
7661 {
7662 if (config.text_read_only)
7663 found->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
7664 else
7665 found->flags &= ~SEC_READONLY;
7666 }
7667 }
7668
7669 /* Copy forward lma regions for output sections in same lma region. */
7670 lang_propagate_lma_regions ();
7671
7672 /* Defining __start/__stop symbols early for --gc-sections to work
7673 around a glibc build problem can result in these symbols being
7674 defined when they should not be. Fix them now. */
7675 if (config.build_constructors)
7676 lang_undef_start_stop ();
7677
7678 /* Define .startof./.sizeof. symbols with preliminary values before
7679 dynamic symbols are created. */
7680 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7681 lang_init_startof_sizeof ();
7682
7683 /* Do anything special before sizing sections. This is where ELF
7684 and other back-ends size dynamic sections. */
7685 ldemul_before_allocation ();
7686
7687 /* We must record the program headers before we try to fix the
7688 section positions, since they will affect SIZEOF_HEADERS. */
7689 lang_record_phdrs ();
7690
7691 /* Check relro sections. */
7692 if (link_info.relro && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7693 lang_find_relro_sections ();
7694
7695 /* Size up the sections. */
7696 lang_size_sections (NULL, !RELAXATION_ENABLED);
7697
7698 /* See if anything special should be done now we know how big
7699 everything is. This is where relaxation is done. */
7700 ldemul_after_allocation ();
7701
7702 /* Fix any __start, __stop, .startof. or .sizeof. symbols. */
7703 lang_finalize_start_stop ();
7704
7705 /* Do all the assignments again, to report errors. Assignment
7706 statements are processed multiple times, updating symbols; In
7707 open_input_bfds, lang_do_assignments, and lang_size_sections.
7708 Since lang_relax_sections calls lang_do_assignments, symbols are
7709 also updated in ldemul_after_allocation. */
7710 lang_do_assignments (lang_final_phase_enum);
7711
7712 ldemul_finish ();
7713
7714 /* Convert absolute symbols to section relative. */
7715 ldexp_finalize_syms ();
7716
7717 /* Make sure that the section addresses make sense. */
7718 if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
7719 lang_check_section_addresses ();
7720
7721 /* Check any required symbols are known. */
7722 ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols ();
7723
7724 lang_end ();
7725 }
7726
7727 /* EXPORTED TO YACC */
7728
7729 void
7730 lang_add_wild (struct wildcard_spec *filespec,
7731 struct wildcard_list *section_list,
7732 bfd_boolean keep_sections)
7733 {
7734 struct wildcard_list *curr, *next;
7735 lang_wild_statement_type *new_stmt;
7736
7737 /* Reverse the list as the parser puts it back to front. */
7738 for (curr = section_list, section_list = NULL;
7739 curr != NULL;
7740 section_list = curr, curr = next)
7741 {
7742 next = curr->next;
7743 curr->next = section_list;
7744 }
7745
7746 if (filespec != NULL && filespec->name != NULL)
7747 {
7748 if (strcmp (filespec->name, "*") == 0)
7749 filespec->name = NULL;
7750 else if (!wildcardp (filespec->name))
7751 lang_has_input_file = TRUE;
7752 }
7753
7754 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_wild_statement, stat_ptr);
7755 new_stmt->filename = NULL;
7756 new_stmt->filenames_sorted = FALSE;
7757 new_stmt->section_flag_list = NULL;
7758 new_stmt->exclude_name_list = NULL;
7759 if (filespec != NULL)
7760 {
7761 new_stmt->filename = filespec->name;
7762 new_stmt->filenames_sorted = filespec->sorted == by_name;
7763 new_stmt->section_flag_list = filespec->section_flag_list;
7764 new_stmt->exclude_name_list = filespec->exclude_name_list;
7765 }
7766 new_stmt->section_list = section_list;
7767 new_stmt->keep_sections = keep_sections;
7768 lang_list_init (&new_stmt->children);
7769 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (new_stmt);
7770 }
7771
7772 void
7773 lang_section_start (const char *name, etree_type *address,
7774 const segment_type *segment)
7775 {
7776 lang_address_statement_type *ad;
7777
7778 ad = new_stat (lang_address_statement, stat_ptr);
7779 ad->section_name = name;
7780 ad->address = address;
7781 ad->segment = segment;
7782 }
7783
7784 /* Set the start symbol to NAME. CMDLINE is nonzero if this is called
7785 because of a -e argument on the command line, or zero if this is
7786 called by ENTRY in a linker script. Command line arguments take
7787 precedence. */
7788
7789 void
7790 lang_add_entry (const char *name, bfd_boolean cmdline)
7791 {
7792 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL
7793 || cmdline
7794 || !entry_from_cmdline)
7795 {
7796 entry_symbol.name = name;
7797 entry_from_cmdline = cmdline;
7798 }
7799 }
7800
7801 /* Set the default start symbol to NAME. .em files should use this,
7802 not lang_add_entry, to override the use of "start" if neither the
7803 linker script nor the command line specifies an entry point. NAME
7804 must be permanently allocated. */
7805 void
7806 lang_default_entry (const char *name)
7807 {
7808 entry_symbol_default = name;
7809 }
7810
7811 void
7812 lang_add_target (const char *name)
7813 {
7814 lang_target_statement_type *new_stmt;
7815
7816 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_target_statement, stat_ptr);
7817 new_stmt->target = name;
7818 }
7819
7820 void
7821 lang_add_map (const char *name)
7822 {
7823 while (*name)
7824 {
7825 switch (*name)
7826 {
7827 case 'F':
7828 map_option_f = TRUE;
7829 break;
7830 }
7831 name++;
7832 }
7833 }
7834
7835 void
7836 lang_add_fill (fill_type *fill)
7837 {
7838 lang_fill_statement_type *new_stmt;
7839
7840 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_fill_statement, stat_ptr);
7841 new_stmt->fill = fill;
7842 }
7843
7844 void
7845 lang_add_data (int type, union etree_union *exp)
7846 {
7847 lang_data_statement_type *new_stmt;
7848
7849 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_data_statement, stat_ptr);
7850 new_stmt->exp = exp;
7851 new_stmt->type = type;
7852 }
7853
7854 /* Create a new reloc statement. RELOC is the BFD relocation type to
7855 generate. HOWTO is the corresponding howto structure (we could
7856 look this up, but the caller has already done so). SECTION is the
7857 section to generate a reloc against, or NAME is the name of the
7858 symbol to generate a reloc against. Exactly one of SECTION and
7859 NAME must be NULL. ADDEND is an expression for the addend. */
7860
7861 void
7862 lang_add_reloc (bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc,
7863 reloc_howto_type *howto,
7864 asection *section,
7865 const char *name,
7866 union etree_union *addend)
7867 {
7868 lang_reloc_statement_type *p = new_stat (lang_reloc_statement, stat_ptr);
7869
7870 p->reloc = reloc;
7871 p->howto = howto;
7872 p->section = section;
7873 p->name = name;
7874 p->addend_exp = addend;
7875
7876 p->addend_value = 0;
7877 p->output_section = NULL;
7878 p->output_offset = 0;
7879 }
7880
7881 lang_assignment_statement_type *
7882 lang_add_assignment (etree_type *exp)
7883 {
7884 lang_assignment_statement_type *new_stmt;
7885
7886 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_assignment_statement, stat_ptr);
7887 new_stmt->exp = exp;
7888 return new_stmt;
7889 }
7890
7891 void
7892 lang_add_attribute (enum statement_enum attribute)
7893 {
7894 new_statement (attribute, sizeof (lang_statement_header_type), stat_ptr);
7895 }
7896
7897 void
7898 lang_startup (const char *name)
7899 {
7900 if (first_file->filename != NULL)
7901 {
7902 einfo (_("%F%P: multiple STARTUP files\n"));
7903 }
7904 first_file->filename = name;
7905 first_file->local_sym_name = name;
7906 first_file->flags.real = TRUE;
7907 }
7908
7909 void
7910 lang_float (bfd_boolean maybe)
7911 {
7912 lang_float_flag = maybe;
7913 }
7914
7915
7916 /* Work out the load- and run-time regions from a script statement, and
7917 store them in *LMA_REGION and *REGION respectively.
7918
7919 MEMSPEC is the name of the run-time region, or the value of
7920 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION if the statement didn't specify one.
7921 LMA_MEMSPEC is the name of the load-time region, or null if the
7922 statement didn't specify one.HAVE_LMA_P is TRUE if the statement
7923 had an explicit load address.
7924
7925 It is an error to specify both a load region and a load address. */
7926
7927 static void
7928 lang_get_regions (lang_memory_region_type **region,
7929 lang_memory_region_type **lma_region,
7930 const char *memspec,
7931 const char *lma_memspec,
7932 bfd_boolean have_lma,
7933 bfd_boolean have_vma)
7934 {
7935 *lma_region = lang_memory_region_lookup (lma_memspec, FALSE);
7936
7937 /* If no runtime region or VMA has been specified, but the load region
7938 has been specified, then use the load region for the runtime region
7939 as well. */
7940 if (lma_memspec != NULL
7941 && !have_vma
7942 && strcmp (memspec, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
7943 *region = *lma_region;
7944 else
7945 *region = lang_memory_region_lookup (memspec, FALSE);
7946
7947 if (have_lma && lma_memspec != 0)
7948 einfo (_("%X%P:%pS: section has both a load address and a load region\n"),
7949 NULL);
7950 }
7951
7952 void
7953 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill_type *fill, const char *memspec,
7954 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
7955 const char *lma_memspec)
7956 {
7957 lang_get_regions (&current_section->region,
7958 &current_section->lma_region,
7959 memspec, lma_memspec,
7960 current_section->load_base != NULL,
7961 current_section->addr_tree != NULL);
7962
7963 current_section->fill = fill;
7964 current_section->phdrs = phdrs;
7965 pop_stat_ptr ();
7966 }
7967
7968 /* Set the output format type. -oformat overrides scripts. */
7969
7970 void
7971 lang_add_output_format (const char *format,
7972 const char *big,
7973 const char *little,
7974 int from_script)
7975 {
7976 if (output_target == NULL || !from_script)
7977 {
7978 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
7979 && big != NULL)
7980 format = big;
7981 else if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
7982 && little != NULL)
7983 format = little;
7984
7985 output_target = format;
7986 }
7987 }
7988
7989 void
7990 lang_add_insert (const char *where, int is_before)
7991 {
7992 lang_insert_statement_type *new_stmt;
7993
7994 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_insert_statement, stat_ptr);
7995 new_stmt->where = where;
7996 new_stmt->is_before = is_before;
7997 saved_script_handle = previous_script_handle;
7998 }
7999
8000 /* Enter a group. This creates a new lang_group_statement, and sets
8001 stat_ptr to build new statements within the group. */
8002
8003 void
8004 lang_enter_group (void)
8005 {
8006 lang_group_statement_type *g;
8007
8008 g = new_stat (lang_group_statement, stat_ptr);
8009 lang_list_init (&g->children);
8010 push_stat_ptr (&g->children);
8011 }
8012
8013 /* Leave a group. This just resets stat_ptr to start writing to the
8014 regular list of statements again. Note that this will not work if
8015 groups can occur inside anything else which can adjust stat_ptr,
8016 but currently they can't. */
8017
8018 void
8019 lang_leave_group (void)
8020 {
8021 pop_stat_ptr ();
8022 }
8023
8024 /* Add a new program header. This is called for each entry in a PHDRS
8025 command in a linker script. */
8026
8027 void
8028 lang_new_phdr (const char *name,
8029 etree_type *type,
8030 bfd_boolean filehdr,
8031 bfd_boolean phdrs,
8032 etree_type *at,
8033 etree_type *flags)
8034 {
8035 struct lang_phdr *n, **pp;
8036 bfd_boolean hdrs;
8037
8038 n = stat_alloc (sizeof (struct lang_phdr));
8039 n->next = NULL;
8040 n->name = name;
8041 n->type = exp_get_vma (type, 0, "program header type");
8042 n->filehdr = filehdr;
8043 n->phdrs = phdrs;
8044 n->at = at;
8045 n->flags = flags;
8046
8047 hdrs = n->type == 1 && (phdrs || filehdr);
8048
8049 for (pp = &lang_phdr_list; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
8050 if (hdrs
8051 && (*pp)->type == 1
8052 && !((*pp)->filehdr || (*pp)->phdrs))
8053 {
8054 einfo (_("%X%P:%pS: PHDRS and FILEHDR are not supported"
8055 " when prior PT_LOAD headers lack them\n"), NULL);
8056 hdrs = FALSE;
8057 }
8058
8059 *pp = n;
8060 }
8061
8062 /* Record the program header information in the output BFD. FIXME: We
8063 should not be calling an ELF specific function here. */
8064
8065 static void
8066 lang_record_phdrs (void)
8067 {
8068 unsigned int alc;
8069 asection **secs;
8070 lang_output_section_phdr_list *last;
8071 struct lang_phdr *l;
8072 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
8073
8074 alc = 10;
8075 secs = (asection **) xmalloc (alc * sizeof (asection *));
8076 last = NULL;
8077
8078 for (l = lang_phdr_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
8079 {
8080 unsigned int c;
8081 flagword flags;
8082 bfd_vma at;
8083
8084 c = 0;
8085 for (os = &lang_os_list.head->output_section_statement;
8086 os != NULL;
8087 os = os->next)
8088 {
8089 lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
8090
8091 if (os->constraint < 0)
8092 continue;
8093
8094 pl = os->phdrs;
8095 if (pl != NULL)
8096 last = pl;
8097 else
8098 {
8099 if (os->sectype == noload_section
8100 || os->bfd_section == NULL
8101 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
8102 continue;
8103
8104 /* Don't add orphans to PT_INTERP header. */
8105 if (l->type == 3)
8106 continue;
8107
8108 if (last == NULL)
8109 {
8110 lang_output_section_statement_type *tmp_os;
8111
8112 /* If we have not run across a section with a program
8113 header assigned to it yet, then scan forwards to find
8114 one. This prevents inconsistencies in the linker's
8115 behaviour when a script has specified just a single
8116 header and there are sections in that script which are
8117 not assigned to it, and which occur before the first
8118 use of that header. See here for more details:
8119 http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00291.html */
8120 for (tmp_os = os; tmp_os; tmp_os = tmp_os->next)
8121 if (tmp_os->phdrs)
8122 {
8123 last = tmp_os->phdrs;
8124 break;
8125 }
8126 if (last == NULL)
8127 einfo (_("%F%P: no sections assigned to phdrs\n"));
8128 }
8129 pl = last;
8130 }
8131
8132 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
8133 continue;
8134
8135 for (; pl != NULL; pl = pl->next)
8136 {
8137 if (strcmp (pl->name, l->name) == 0)
8138 {
8139 if (c >= alc)
8140 {
8141 alc *= 2;
8142 secs = (asection **) xrealloc (secs,
8143 alc * sizeof (asection *));
8144 }
8145 secs[c] = os->bfd_section;
8146 ++c;
8147 pl->used = TRUE;
8148 }
8149 }
8150 }
8151
8152 if (l->flags == NULL)
8153 flags = 0;
8154 else
8155 flags = exp_get_vma (l->flags, 0, "phdr flags");
8156
8157 if (l->at == NULL)
8158 at = 0;
8159 else
8160 at = exp_get_vma (l->at, 0, "phdr load address");
8161
8162 if (!bfd_record_phdr (link_info.output_bfd, l->type,
8163 l->flags != NULL, flags, l->at != NULL,
8164 at, l->filehdr, l->phdrs, c, secs))
8165 einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_record_phdr failed: %E\n"));
8166 }
8167
8168 free (secs);
8169
8170 /* Make sure all the phdr assignments succeeded. */
8171 for (os = &lang_os_list.head->output_section_statement;
8172 os != NULL;
8173 os = os->next)
8174 {
8175 lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
8176
8177 if (os->constraint < 0
8178 || os->bfd_section == NULL)
8179 continue;
8180
8181 for (pl = os->phdrs;
8182 pl != NULL;
8183 pl = pl->next)
8184 if (!pl->used && strcmp (pl->name, "NONE") != 0)
8185 einfo (_("%X%P: section `%s' assigned to non-existent phdr `%s'\n"),
8186 os->name, pl->name);
8187 }
8188 }
8189
8190 /* Record a list of sections which may not be cross referenced. */
8191
8192 void
8193 lang_add_nocrossref (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
8194 {
8195 struct lang_nocrossrefs *n;
8196
8197 n = (struct lang_nocrossrefs *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
8198 n->next = nocrossref_list;
8199 n->list = l;
8200 n->onlyfirst = FALSE;
8201 nocrossref_list = n;
8202
8203 /* Set notice_all so that we get informed about all symbols. */
8204 link_info.notice_all = TRUE;
8205 }
8206
8207 /* Record a section that cannot be referenced from a list of sections. */
8208
8209 void
8210 lang_add_nocrossref_to (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
8211 {
8212 lang_add_nocrossref (l);
8213 nocrossref_list->onlyfirst = TRUE;
8214 }
8215 \f
8216 /* Overlay handling. We handle overlays with some static variables. */
8217
8218 /* The overlay virtual address. */
8219 static etree_type *overlay_vma;
8220 /* And subsection alignment. */
8221 static etree_type *overlay_subalign;
8222
8223 /* An expression for the maximum section size seen so far. */
8224 static etree_type *overlay_max;
8225
8226 /* A list of all the sections in this overlay. */
8227
8228 struct overlay_list {
8229 struct overlay_list *next;
8230 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
8231 };
8232
8233 static struct overlay_list *overlay_list;
8234
8235 /* Start handling an overlay. */
8236
8237 void
8238 lang_enter_overlay (etree_type *vma_expr, etree_type *subalign)
8239 {
8240 /* The grammar should prevent nested overlays from occurring. */
8241 ASSERT (overlay_vma == NULL
8242 && overlay_subalign == NULL
8243 && overlay_max == NULL);
8244
8245 overlay_vma = vma_expr;
8246 overlay_subalign = subalign;
8247 }
8248
8249 /* Start a section in an overlay. We handle this by calling
8250 lang_enter_output_section_statement with the correct VMA.
8251 lang_leave_overlay sets up the LMA and memory regions. */
8252
8253 void
8254 lang_enter_overlay_section (const char *name)
8255 {
8256 struct overlay_list *n;
8257 etree_type *size;
8258
8259 lang_enter_output_section_statement (name, overlay_vma, overlay_section,
8260 0, overlay_subalign, 0, 0, 0);
8261
8262 /* If this is the first section, then base the VMA of future
8263 sections on this one. This will work correctly even if `.' is
8264 used in the addresses. */
8265 if (overlay_list == NULL)
8266 overlay_vma = exp_nameop (ADDR, name);
8267
8268 /* Remember the section. */
8269 n = (struct overlay_list *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
8270 n->os = current_section;
8271 n->next = overlay_list;
8272 overlay_list = n;
8273
8274 size = exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name);
8275
8276 /* Arrange to work out the maximum section end address. */
8277 if (overlay_max == NULL)
8278 overlay_max = size;
8279 else
8280 overlay_max = exp_binop (MAX_K, overlay_max, size);
8281 }
8282
8283 /* Finish a section in an overlay. There isn't any special to do
8284 here. */
8285
8286 void
8287 lang_leave_overlay_section (fill_type *fill,
8288 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs)
8289 {
8290 const char *name;
8291 char *clean, *s2;
8292 const char *s1;
8293 char *buf;
8294
8295 name = current_section->name;
8296
8297 /* For now, assume that DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION is the run-time memory
8298 region and that no load-time region has been specified. It doesn't
8299 really matter what we say here, since lang_leave_overlay will
8300 override it. */
8301 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, phdrs, 0);
8302
8303 /* Define the magic symbols. */
8304
8305 clean = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
8306 s2 = clean;
8307 for (s1 = name; *s1 != '\0'; s1++)
8308 if (ISALNUM (*s1) || *s1 == '_')
8309 *s2++ = *s1;
8310 *s2 = '\0';
8311
8312 buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_start_");
8313 sprintf (buf, "__load_start_%s", clean);
8314 lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
8315 exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
8316 FALSE));
8317
8318 buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_stop_");
8319 sprintf (buf, "__load_stop_%s", clean);
8320 lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
8321 exp_binop ('+',
8322 exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
8323 exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name)),
8324 FALSE));
8325
8326 free (clean);
8327 }
8328
8329 /* Finish an overlay. If there are any overlay wide settings, this
8330 looks through all the sections in the overlay and sets them. */
8331
8332 void
8333 lang_leave_overlay (etree_type *lma_expr,
8334 int nocrossrefs,
8335 fill_type *fill,
8336 const char *memspec,
8337 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
8338 const char *lma_memspec)
8339 {
8340 lang_memory_region_type *region;
8341 lang_memory_region_type *lma_region;
8342 struct overlay_list *l;
8343 lang_nocrossref_type *nocrossref;
8344
8345 lang_get_regions (&region, &lma_region,
8346 memspec, lma_memspec,
8347 lma_expr != NULL, FALSE);
8348
8349 nocrossref = NULL;
8350
8351 /* After setting the size of the last section, set '.' to end of the
8352 overlay region. */
8353 if (overlay_list != NULL)
8354 {
8355 overlay_list->os->update_dot = 1;
8356 overlay_list->os->update_dot_tree
8357 = exp_assign (".", exp_binop ('+', overlay_vma, overlay_max), FALSE);
8358 }
8359
8360 l = overlay_list;
8361 while (l != NULL)
8362 {
8363 struct overlay_list *next;
8364
8365 if (fill != NULL && l->os->fill == NULL)
8366 l->os->fill = fill;
8367
8368 l->os->region = region;
8369 l->os->lma_region = lma_region;
8370
8371 /* The first section has the load address specified in the
8372 OVERLAY statement. The rest are worked out from that.
8373 The base address is not needed (and should be null) if
8374 an LMA region was specified. */
8375 if (l->next == 0)
8376 {
8377 l->os->load_base = lma_expr;
8378 l->os->sectype = first_overlay_section;
8379 }
8380 if (phdrs != NULL && l->os->phdrs == NULL)
8381 l->os->phdrs = phdrs;
8382
8383 if (nocrossrefs)
8384 {
8385 lang_nocrossref_type *nc;
8386
8387 nc = (lang_nocrossref_type *) xmalloc (sizeof *nc);
8388 nc->name = l->os->name;
8389 nc->next = nocrossref;
8390 nocrossref = nc;
8391 }
8392
8393 next = l->next;
8394 free (l);
8395 l = next;
8396 }
8397
8398 if (nocrossref != NULL)
8399 lang_add_nocrossref (nocrossref);
8400
8401 overlay_vma = NULL;
8402 overlay_list = NULL;
8403 overlay_max = NULL;
8404 overlay_subalign = NULL;
8405 }
8406 \f
8407 /* Version handling. This is only useful for ELF. */
8408
8409 /* If PREV is NULL, return first version pattern matching particular symbol.
8410 If PREV is non-NULL, return first version pattern matching particular
8411 symbol after PREV (previously returned by lang_vers_match). */
8412
8413 static struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
8414 lang_vers_match (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head,
8415 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *prev,
8416 const char *sym)
8417 {
8418 const char *c_sym;
8419 const char *cxx_sym = sym;
8420 const char *java_sym = sym;
8421 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *expr = NULL;
8422 enum demangling_styles curr_style;
8423
8424 curr_style = CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE;
8425 cplus_demangle_set_style (no_demangling);
8426 c_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_NO_OPTS);
8427 if (!c_sym)
8428 c_sym = sym;
8429 cplus_demangle_set_style (curr_style);
8430
8431 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8432 {
8433 cxx_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym,
8434 DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI);
8435 if (!cxx_sym)
8436 cxx_sym = sym;
8437 }
8438 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8439 {
8440 java_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_JAVA);
8441 if (!java_sym)
8442 java_sym = sym;
8443 }
8444
8445 if (head->htab && (prev == NULL || prev->literal))
8446 {
8447 struct bfd_elf_version_expr e;
8448
8449 switch (prev ? prev->mask : 0)
8450 {
8451 case 0:
8452 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
8453 {
8454 e.pattern = c_sym;
8455 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8456 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8457 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, c_sym) == 0)
8458 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
8459 goto out_ret;
8460 else
8461 expr = expr->next;
8462 }
8463 /* Fallthrough */
8464 case BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE:
8465 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8466 {
8467 e.pattern = cxx_sym;
8468 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8469 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8470 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, cxx_sym) == 0)
8471 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8472 goto out_ret;
8473 else
8474 expr = expr->next;
8475 }
8476 /* Fallthrough */
8477 case BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE:
8478 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8479 {
8480 e.pattern = java_sym;
8481 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8482 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8483 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, java_sym) == 0)
8484 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8485 goto out_ret;
8486 else
8487 expr = expr->next;
8488 }
8489 /* Fallthrough */
8490 default:
8491 break;
8492 }
8493 }
8494
8495 /* Finally, try the wildcards. */
8496 if (prev == NULL || prev->literal)
8497 expr = head->remaining;
8498 else
8499 expr = prev->next;
8500 for (; expr; expr = expr->next)
8501 {
8502 const char *s;
8503
8504 if (!expr->pattern)
8505 continue;
8506
8507 if (expr->pattern[0] == '*' && expr->pattern[1] == '\0')
8508 break;
8509
8510 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8511 s = java_sym;
8512 else if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8513 s = cxx_sym;
8514 else
8515 s = c_sym;
8516 if (fnmatch (expr->pattern, s, 0) == 0)
8517 break;
8518 }
8519
8520 out_ret:
8521 if (c_sym != sym)
8522 free ((char *) c_sym);
8523 if (cxx_sym != sym)
8524 free ((char *) cxx_sym);
8525 if (java_sym != sym)
8526 free ((char *) java_sym);
8527 return expr;
8528 }
8529
8530 /* Return NULL if the PATTERN argument is a glob pattern, otherwise,
8531 return a pointer to the symbol name with any backslash quotes removed. */
8532
8533 static const char *
8534 realsymbol (const char *pattern)
8535 {
8536 const char *p;
8537 bfd_boolean changed = FALSE, backslash = FALSE;
8538 char *s, *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (pattern) + 1);
8539
8540 for (p = pattern, s = symbol; *p != '\0'; ++p)
8541 {
8542 /* It is a glob pattern only if there is no preceding
8543 backslash. */
8544 if (backslash)
8545 {
8546 /* Remove the preceding backslash. */
8547 *(s - 1) = *p;
8548 backslash = FALSE;
8549 changed = TRUE;
8550 }
8551 else
8552 {
8553 if (*p == '?' || *p == '*' || *p == '[')
8554 {
8555 free (symbol);
8556 return NULL;
8557 }
8558
8559 *s++ = *p;
8560 backslash = *p == '\\';
8561 }
8562 }
8563
8564 if (changed)
8565 {
8566 *s = '\0';
8567 return symbol;
8568 }
8569 else
8570 {
8571 free (symbol);
8572 return pattern;
8573 }
8574 }
8575
8576 /* This is called for each variable name or match expression. NEW_NAME is
8577 the name of the symbol to match, or, if LITERAL_P is FALSE, a glob
8578 pattern to be matched against symbol names. */
8579
8580 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
8581 lang_new_vers_pattern (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *orig,
8582 const char *new_name,
8583 const char *lang,
8584 bfd_boolean literal_p)
8585 {
8586 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *ret;
8587
8588 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
8589 ret->next = orig;
8590 ret->symver = 0;
8591 ret->script = 0;
8592 ret->literal = TRUE;
8593 ret->pattern = literal_p ? new_name : realsymbol (new_name);
8594 if (ret->pattern == NULL)
8595 {
8596 ret->pattern = new_name;
8597 ret->literal = FALSE;
8598 }
8599
8600 if (lang == NULL || strcasecmp (lang, "C") == 0)
8601 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
8602 else if (strcasecmp (lang, "C++") == 0)
8603 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE;
8604 else if (strcasecmp (lang, "Java") == 0)
8605 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE;
8606 else
8607 {
8608 einfo (_("%X%P: unknown language `%s' in version information\n"),
8609 lang);
8610 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
8611 }
8612
8613 return ldemul_new_vers_pattern (ret);
8614 }
8615
8616 /* This is called for each set of variable names and match
8617 expressions. */
8618
8619 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *
8620 lang_new_vers_node (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *globals,
8621 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *locals)
8622 {
8623 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *ret;
8624
8625 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_tree *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *ret);
8626 ret->globals.list = globals;
8627 ret->locals.list = locals;
8628 ret->match = lang_vers_match;
8629 ret->name_indx = (unsigned int) -1;
8630 return ret;
8631 }
8632
8633 /* This static variable keeps track of version indices. */
8634
8635 static int version_index;
8636
8637 static hashval_t
8638 version_expr_head_hash (const void *p)
8639 {
8640 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e =
8641 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p;
8642
8643 return htab_hash_string (e->pattern);
8644 }
8645
8646 static int
8647 version_expr_head_eq (const void *p1, const void *p2)
8648 {
8649 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1 =
8650 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p1;
8651 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2 =
8652 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p2;
8653
8654 return strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0;
8655 }
8656
8657 static void
8658 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head)
8659 {
8660 size_t count = 0;
8661 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e, *next;
8662 struct bfd_elf_version_expr **list_loc, **remaining_loc;
8663
8664 for (e = head->list; e; e = e->next)
8665 {
8666 if (e->literal)
8667 count++;
8668 head->mask |= e->mask;
8669 }
8670
8671 if (count)
8672 {
8673 head->htab = htab_create (count * 2, version_expr_head_hash,
8674 version_expr_head_eq, NULL);
8675 list_loc = &head->list;
8676 remaining_loc = &head->remaining;
8677 for (e = head->list; e; e = next)
8678 {
8679 next = e->next;
8680 if (!e->literal)
8681 {
8682 *remaining_loc = e;
8683 remaining_loc = &e->next;
8684 }
8685 else
8686 {
8687 void **loc = htab_find_slot ((htab_t) head->htab, e, INSERT);
8688
8689 if (*loc)
8690 {
8691 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1, *last;
8692
8693 e1 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) *loc;
8694 last = NULL;
8695 do
8696 {
8697 if (e1->mask == e->mask)
8698 {
8699 last = NULL;
8700 break;
8701 }
8702 last = e1;
8703 e1 = e1->next;
8704 }
8705 while (e1 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e->pattern) == 0);
8706
8707 if (last == NULL)
8708 {
8709 /* This is a duplicate. */
8710 /* FIXME: Memory leak. Sometimes pattern is not
8711 xmalloced alone, but in larger chunk of memory. */
8712 /* free (e->pattern); */
8713 free (e);
8714 }
8715 else
8716 {
8717 e->next = last->next;
8718 last->next = e;
8719 }
8720 }
8721 else
8722 {
8723 *loc = e;
8724 *list_loc = e;
8725 list_loc = &e->next;
8726 }
8727 }
8728 }
8729 *remaining_loc = NULL;
8730 *list_loc = head->remaining;
8731 }
8732 else
8733 head->remaining = head->list;
8734 }
8735
8736 /* This is called when we know the name and dependencies of the
8737 version. */
8738
8739 void
8740 lang_register_vers_node (const char *name,
8741 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *version,
8742 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *deps)
8743 {
8744 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t, **pp;
8745 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1;
8746
8747 if (name == NULL)
8748 name = "";
8749
8750 if (link_info.version_info != NULL
8751 && (name[0] == '\0' || link_info.version_info->name[0] == '\0'))
8752 {
8753 einfo (_("%X%P: anonymous version tag cannot be combined"
8754 " with other version tags\n"));
8755 free (version);
8756 return;
8757 }
8758
8759 /* Make sure this node has a unique name. */
8760 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8761 if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
8762 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate version tag `%s'\n"), name);
8763
8764 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->globals);
8765 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->locals);
8766
8767 /* Check the global and local match names, and make sure there
8768 aren't any duplicates. */
8769
8770 for (e1 = version->globals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
8771 {
8772 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8773 {
8774 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
8775
8776 if (t->locals.htab && e1->literal)
8777 {
8778 e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8779 htab_find ((htab_t) t->locals.htab, e1);
8780 while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
8781 {
8782 if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
8783 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8784 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
8785 e2 = e2->next;
8786 }
8787 }
8788 else if (!e1->literal)
8789 for (e2 = t->locals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
8790 if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
8791 && e1->mask == e2->mask)
8792 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8793 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
8794 }
8795 }
8796
8797 for (e1 = version->locals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
8798 {
8799 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8800 {
8801 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
8802
8803 if (t->globals.htab && e1->literal)
8804 {
8805 e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8806 htab_find ((htab_t) t->globals.htab, e1);
8807 while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
8808 {
8809 if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
8810 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8811 " in version information\n"),
8812 e1->pattern);
8813 e2 = e2->next;
8814 }
8815 }
8816 else if (!e1->literal)
8817 for (e2 = t->globals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
8818 if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
8819 && e1->mask == e2->mask)
8820 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8821 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
8822 }
8823 }
8824
8825 version->deps = deps;
8826 version->name = name;
8827 if (name[0] != '\0')
8828 {
8829 ++version_index;
8830 version->vernum = version_index;
8831 }
8832 else
8833 version->vernum = 0;
8834
8835 for (pp = &link_info.version_info; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
8836 ;
8837 *pp = version;
8838 }
8839
8840 /* This is called when we see a version dependency. */
8841
8842 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *
8843 lang_add_vers_depend (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *list, const char *name)
8844 {
8845 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *ret;
8846 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t;
8847
8848 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
8849 ret->next = list;
8850
8851 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8852 {
8853 if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
8854 {
8855 ret->version_needed = t;
8856 return ret;
8857 }
8858 }
8859
8860 einfo (_("%X%P: unable to find version dependency `%s'\n"), name);
8861
8862 ret->version_needed = NULL;
8863 return ret;
8864 }
8865
8866 static void
8867 lang_do_version_exports_section (void)
8868 {
8869 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *greg = NULL, *lreg;
8870
8871 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (is)
8872 {
8873 asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (is->the_bfd, ".exports");
8874 char *contents, *p;
8875 bfd_size_type len;
8876
8877 if (sec == NULL)
8878 continue;
8879
8880 len = sec->size;
8881 contents = (char *) xmalloc (len);
8882 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (is->the_bfd, sec, contents, 0, len))
8883 einfo (_("%X%P: unable to read .exports section contents\n"), sec);
8884
8885 p = contents;
8886 while (p < contents + len)
8887 {
8888 greg = lang_new_vers_pattern (greg, p, NULL, FALSE);
8889 p = strchr (p, '\0') + 1;
8890 }
8891
8892 /* Do not free the contents, as we used them creating the regex. */
8893
8894 /* Do not include this section in the link. */
8895 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE | SEC_KEEP;
8896 }
8897
8898 lreg = lang_new_vers_pattern (NULL, "*", NULL, FALSE);
8899 lang_register_vers_node (command_line.version_exports_section,
8900 lang_new_vers_node (greg, lreg), NULL);
8901 }
8902
8903 /* Evaluate LENGTH and ORIGIN parts of MEMORY spec */
8904
8905 static void
8906 lang_do_memory_regions (void)
8907 {
8908 lang_memory_region_type *r = lang_memory_region_list;
8909
8910 for (; r != NULL; r = r->next)
8911 {
8912 if (r->origin_exp)
8913 {
8914 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->origin_exp);
8915 if (expld.result.valid_p)
8916 {
8917 r->origin = expld.result.value;
8918 r->current = r->origin;
8919 }
8920 else
8921 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid origin for memory region %s\n"),
8922 r->name_list.name);
8923 }
8924 if (r->length_exp)
8925 {
8926 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->length_exp);
8927 if (expld.result.valid_p)
8928 r->length = expld.result.value;
8929 else
8930 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid length for memory region %s\n"),
8931 r->name_list.name);
8932 }
8933 }
8934 }
8935
8936 void
8937 lang_add_unique (const char *name)
8938 {
8939 struct unique_sections *ent;
8940
8941 for (ent = unique_section_list; ent; ent = ent->next)
8942 if (strcmp (ent->name, name) == 0)
8943 return;
8944
8945 ent = (struct unique_sections *) xmalloc (sizeof *ent);
8946 ent->name = xstrdup (name);
8947 ent->next = unique_section_list;
8948 unique_section_list = ent;
8949 }
8950
8951 /* Append the list of dynamic symbols to the existing one. */
8952
8953 void
8954 lang_append_dynamic_list (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic)
8955 {
8956 if (link_info.dynamic_list)
8957 {
8958 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *tail;
8959 for (tail = dynamic; tail->next != NULL; tail = tail->next)
8960 ;
8961 tail->next = link_info.dynamic_list->head.list;
8962 link_info.dynamic_list->head.list = dynamic;
8963 }
8964 else
8965 {
8966 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *d;
8967
8968 d = (struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *d);
8969 d->head.list = dynamic;
8970 d->match = lang_vers_match;
8971 link_info.dynamic_list = d;
8972 }
8973 }
8974
8975 /* Append the list of C++ typeinfo dynamic symbols to the existing
8976 one. */
8977
8978 void
8979 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_typeinfo (void)
8980 {
8981 const char *symbols[] =
8982 {
8983 "typeinfo name for*",
8984 "typeinfo for*"
8985 };
8986 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
8987 unsigned int i;
8988
8989 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
8990 dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
8991 FALSE);
8992
8993 lang_append_dynamic_list (dynamic);
8994 }
8995
8996 /* Append the list of C++ operator new and delete dynamic symbols to the
8997 existing one. */
8998
8999 void
9000 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_new (void)
9001 {
9002 const char *symbols[] =
9003 {
9004 "operator new*",
9005 "operator delete*"
9006 };
9007 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
9008 unsigned int i;
9009
9010 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
9011 dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
9012 FALSE);
9013
9014 lang_append_dynamic_list (dynamic);
9015 }
9016
9017 /* Scan a space and/or comma separated string of features. */
9018
9019 void
9020 lang_ld_feature (char *str)
9021 {
9022 char *p, *q;
9023
9024 p = str;
9025 while (*p)
9026 {
9027 char sep;
9028 while (*p == ',' || ISSPACE (*p))
9029 ++p;
9030 if (!*p)
9031 break;
9032 q = p + 1;
9033 while (*q && *q != ',' && !ISSPACE (*q))
9034 ++q;
9035 sep = *q;
9036 *q = 0;
9037 if (strcasecmp (p, "SANE_EXPR") == 0)
9038 config.sane_expr = TRUE;
9039 else
9040 einfo (_("%X%P: unknown feature `%s'\n"), p);
9041 *q = sep;
9042 p = q;
9043 }
9044 }
9045
9046 /* Pretty print memory amount. */
9047
9048 static void
9049 lang_print_memory_size (bfd_vma sz)
9050 {
9051 if ((sz & 0x3fffffff) == 0)
9052 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u GB", sz >> 30);
9053 else if ((sz & 0xfffff) == 0)
9054 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u MB", sz >> 20);
9055 else if ((sz & 0x3ff) == 0)
9056 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u KB", sz >> 10);
9057 else
9058 printf (" %10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u B", sz);
9059 }
9060
9061 /* Implement --print-memory-usage: disply per region memory usage. */
9062
9063 void
9064 lang_print_memory_usage (void)
9065 {
9066 lang_memory_region_type *r;
9067
9068 printf ("Memory region Used Size Region Size %%age Used\n");
9069 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r->next != NULL; r = r->next)
9070 {
9071 bfd_vma used_length = r->current - r->origin;
9072 double percent;
9073
9074 printf ("%16s: ",r->name_list.name);
9075 lang_print_memory_size (used_length);
9076 lang_print_memory_size ((bfd_vma) r->length);
9077
9078 percent = used_length * 100.0 / r->length;
9079
9080 printf (" %6.2f%%\n", percent);
9081 }
9082 }